FEATURE_LEVEL_SELECTORS = array(
'__experimentalBorder' => 'border',
'color' => 'color',
'spacing' => 'spacing',
'typography' => 'typography',
);
/**
* Return the input schema at the root and per origin.
*
* @since 6.5.0
*
* @param array $schema The base schema.
* @return array The schema at the root and per origin.
*
* Example:
* schema_in_root_and_per_origin(
* array(
* 'fontFamily' => null,
* 'slug' => null,
* )
* )
*
* Returns:
* array(
* 'fontFamily' => null,
* 'slug' => null,
* 'default' => array(
* 'fontFamily' => null,
* 'slug' => null,
* ),
* 'blocks' => array(
* 'fontFamily' => null,
* 'slug' => null,
* ),
* 'theme' => array(
* 'fontFamily' => null,
* 'slug' => null,
* ),
* 'custom' => array(
* 'fontFamily' => null,
* 'slug' => null,
* ),
* )
*/
protected static function schema_in_root_and_per_origin( $schema ) {
$schema_in_root_and_per_origin = $schema;
foreach ( static::VALID_ORIGINS as $origin ) {
$schema_in_root_and_per_origin[ $origin ] = $schema;
}
return $schema_in_root_and_per_origin;
}
/**
* Returns a class name by an element name.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param string $element The name of the element.
* @return string The name of the class.
*/
public static function get_element_class_name( $element ) {
$class_name = '';
if ( isset( static::__EXPERIMENTAL_ELEMENT_CLASS_NAMES[ $element ] ) ) {
$class_name = static::__EXPERIMENTAL_ELEMENT_CLASS_NAMES[ $element ];
}
return $class_name;
}
/**
* Options that settings.appearanceTools enables.
*
* @since 6.0.0
* @since 6.2.0 Added `dimensions.minHeight` and `position.sticky`.
* @since 6.4.0 Added `background.backgroundImage`.
* @since 6.5.0 Added `background.backgroundSize` and `dimensions.aspectRatio`.
* @var array
*/
const APPEARANCE_TOOLS_OPT_INS = array(
array( 'background', 'backgroundImage' ),
array( 'background', 'backgroundSize' ),
array( 'border', 'color' ),
array( 'border', 'radius' ),
array( 'border', 'style' ),
array( 'border', 'width' ),
array( 'color', 'link' ),
array( 'color', 'heading' ),
array( 'color', 'button' ),
array( 'color', 'caption' ),
array( 'dimensions', 'aspectRatio' ),
array( 'dimensions', 'minHeight' ),
array( 'position', 'sticky' ),
array( 'spacing', 'blockGap' ),
array( 'spacing', 'margin' ),
array( 'spacing', 'padding' ),
array( 'typography', 'lineHeight' ),
);
/**
* The latest version of the schema in use.
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Changed value from 1 to 2.
* @since 6.6.0 Changed value from 2 to 3.
* @var int
*/
const LATEST_SCHEMA = 3;
/**
* Constructor.
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 6.6.0 Key spacingScale by origin, and Pre-generate the spacingSizes from spacingScale.
* Added unwrapping of shared block style variations into block type variations if registered.
*
* @param array $theme_json A structure that follows the theme.json schema.
* @param string $origin Optional. What source of data this object represents.
* One of 'blocks', 'default', 'theme', or 'custom'. Default 'theme'.
*/
public function __construct( $theme_json = array( 'version' => self::LATEST_SCHEMA ), $origin = 'theme' ) {
if ( ! in_array( $origin, static::VALID_ORIGINS, true ) ) {
$origin = 'theme';
}
$this->theme_json = WP_Theme_JSON_Schema::migrate( $theme_json, $origin );
$valid_block_names = array_keys( static::get_blocks_metadata() );
$valid_element_names = array_keys( static::ELEMENTS );
$valid_variations = static::get_valid_block_style_variations();
$this->theme_json = static::unwrap_shared_block_style_variations( $this->theme_json, $valid_variations );
$this->theme_json = static::sanitize( $this->theme_json, $valid_block_names, $valid_element_names, $valid_variations );
$this->theme_json = static::maybe_opt_in_into_settings( $this->theme_json );
// Internally, presets are keyed by origin.
$nodes = static::get_setting_nodes( $this->theme_json );
foreach ( $nodes as $node ) {
foreach ( static::PRESETS_METADATA as $preset_metadata ) {
$path = $node['path'];
foreach ( $preset_metadata['path'] as $subpath ) {
$path[] = $subpath;
}
$preset = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $path, null );
if ( null !== $preset ) {
// If the preset is not already keyed by origin.
if ( isset( $preset[0] ) || empty( $preset ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $this->theme_json, $path, array( $origin => $preset ) );
}
}
}
}
// In addition to presets, spacingScale (which generates presets) is also keyed by origin.
$scale_path = array( 'settings', 'spacing', 'spacingScale' );
$spacing_scale = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $scale_path, null );
if ( null !== $spacing_scale ) {
// If the spacingScale is not already keyed by origin.
if ( empty( array_intersect( array_keys( $spacing_scale ), static::VALID_ORIGINS ) ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $this->theme_json, $scale_path, array( $origin => $spacing_scale ) );
}
}
// Pre-generate the spacingSizes from spacingScale.
$scale_path = array( 'settings', 'spacing', 'spacingScale', $origin );
$spacing_scale = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $scale_path, null );
if ( isset( $spacing_scale ) ) {
$sizes_path = array( 'settings', 'spacing', 'spacingSizes', $origin );
$spacing_sizes = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $sizes_path, array() );
$spacing_scale_sizes = static::compute_spacing_sizes( $spacing_scale );
$merged_spacing_sizes = static::merge_spacing_sizes( $spacing_scale_sizes, $spacing_sizes );
_wp_array_set( $this->theme_json, $sizes_path, $merged_spacing_sizes );
}
}
/**
* Unwraps shared block style variations.
*
* It takes the shared variations (styles.variations.variationName) and
* applies them to all the blocks that have the given variation registered
* (styles.blocks.blockType.variations.variationName).
*
* For example, given the `core/paragraph` and `core/group` blocks have
* registered the `section-a` style variation, and given the following input:
*
* {
* "styles": {
* "variations": {
* "section-a": { "color": { "background": "backgroundColor" } }
* }
* }
* }
*
* It returns the following output:
*
* {
* "styles": {
* "blocks": {
* "core/paragraph": {
* "variations": {
* "section-a": { "color": { "background": "backgroundColor" } }
* },
* },
* "core/group": {
* "variations": {
* "section-a": { "color": { "background": "backgroundColor" } }
* }
* }
* }
* }
* }
*
* @since 6.6.0
*
* @param array $theme_json A structure that follows the theme.json schema.
* @param array $valid_variations Valid block style variations.
* @return array Theme json data with shared variation definitions unwrapped under appropriate block types.
*/
private static function unwrap_shared_block_style_variations( $theme_json, $valid_variations ) {
if ( empty( $theme_json['styles']['variations'] ) || empty( $valid_variations ) ) {
return $theme_json;
}
$new_theme_json = $theme_json;
$variations = $new_theme_json['styles']['variations'];
foreach ( $valid_variations as $block_type => $registered_variations ) {
foreach ( $registered_variations as $variation_name ) {
$block_level_data = $new_theme_json['styles']['blocks'][ $block_type ]['variations'][ $variation_name ] ?? array();
$top_level_data = $variations[ $variation_name ] ?? array();
$merged_data = array_replace_recursive( $top_level_data, $block_level_data );
if ( ! empty( $merged_data ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $new_theme_json, array( 'styles', 'blocks', $block_type, 'variations', $variation_name ), $merged_data );
}
}
}
unset( $new_theme_json['styles']['variations'] );
return $new_theme_json;
}
/**
* Enables some opt-in settings if theme declared support.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param array $theme_json A theme.json structure to modify.
* @return array The modified theme.json structure.
*/
protected static function maybe_opt_in_into_settings( $theme_json ) {
$new_theme_json = $theme_json;
if (
isset( $new_theme_json['settings']['appearanceTools'] ) &&
true === $new_theme_json['settings']['appearanceTools']
) {
static::do_opt_in_into_settings( $new_theme_json['settings'] );
}
if ( isset( $new_theme_json['settings']['blocks'] ) && is_array( $new_theme_json['settings']['blocks'] ) ) {
foreach ( $new_theme_json['settings']['blocks'] as &$block ) {
if ( isset( $block['appearanceTools'] ) && ( true === $block['appearanceTools'] ) ) {
static::do_opt_in_into_settings( $block );
}
}
}
return $new_theme_json;
}
/**
* Enables some settings.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param array $context The context to which the settings belong.
*/
protected static function do_opt_in_into_settings( &$context ) {
foreach ( static::APPEARANCE_TOOLS_OPT_INS as $path ) {
/*
* Use "unset prop" as a marker instead of "null" because
* "null" can be a valid value for some props (e.g. blockGap).
*/
if ( 'unset prop' === _wp_array_get( $context, $path, 'unset prop' ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $context, $path, true );
}
}
unset( $context['appearanceTools'] );
}
/**
* Sanitizes the input according to the schemas.
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added the `$valid_block_names` and `$valid_element_name` parameters.
* @since 6.3.0 Added the `$valid_variations` parameter.
* @since 6.6.0 Updated schema to allow extended block style variations.
*
* @param array $input Structure to sanitize.
* @param array $valid_block_names List of valid block names.
* @param array $valid_element_names List of valid element names.
* @param array $valid_variations List of valid variations per block.
* @return array The sanitized output.
*/
protected static function sanitize( $input, $valid_block_names, $valid_element_names, $valid_variations ) {
$output = array();
if ( ! is_array( $input ) ) {
return $output;
}
// Preserve only the top most level keys.
$output = array_intersect_key( $input, array_flip( static::VALID_TOP_LEVEL_KEYS ) );
/*
* Remove any rules that are annotated as "top" in VALID_STYLES constant.
* Some styles are only meant to be available at the top-level (e.g.: blockGap),
* hence, the schema for blocks & elements should not have them.
*/
$styles_non_top_level = static::VALID_STYLES;
foreach ( array_keys( $styles_non_top_level ) as $section ) {
// array_key_exists() needs to be used instead of isset() because the value can be null.
if ( array_key_exists( $section, $styles_non_top_level ) && is_array( $styles_non_top_level[ $section ] ) ) {
foreach ( array_keys( $styles_non_top_level[ $section ] ) as $prop ) {
if ( 'top' === $styles_non_top_level[ $section ][ $prop ] ) {
unset( $styles_non_top_level[ $section ][ $prop ] );
}
}
}
}
// Build the schema based on valid block & element names.
$schema = array();
$schema_styles_elements = array();
/*
* Set allowed element pseudo selectors based on per element allow list.
* Target data structure in schema:
* e.g.
* - top level elements: `$schema['styles']['elements']['link'][':hover']`.
* - block level elements: `$schema['styles']['blocks']['core/button']['elements']['link'][':hover']`.
*/
foreach ( $valid_element_names as $element ) {
$schema_styles_elements[ $element ] = $styles_non_top_level;
if ( isset( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $element ] ) ) {
foreach ( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $element ] as $pseudo_selector ) {
$schema_styles_elements[ $element ][ $pseudo_selector ] = $styles_non_top_level;
}
}
}
$schema_styles_blocks = array();
$schema_settings_blocks = array();
/*
* Generate a schema for blocks.
* - Block styles can contain `elements` & `variations` definitions.
* - Variations definitions cannot be nested.
* - Variations can contain styles for inner `blocks`.
* - Variation inner `blocks` styles can contain `elements`.
*
* As each variation needs a `blocks` schema but further nested
* inner `blocks`, the overall schema will be generated in multiple passes.
*/
foreach ( $valid_block_names as $block ) {
$schema_settings_blocks[ $block ] = static::VALID_SETTINGS;
$schema_styles_blocks[ $block ] = $styles_non_top_level;
$schema_styles_blocks[ $block ]['elements'] = $schema_styles_elements;
}
$block_style_variation_styles = static::VALID_STYLES;
$block_style_variation_styles['blocks'] = $schema_styles_blocks;
$block_style_variation_styles['elements'] = $schema_styles_elements;
foreach ( $valid_block_names as $block ) {
// Build the schema for each block style variation.
$style_variation_names = array();
if (
! empty( $input['styles']['blocks'][ $block ]['variations'] ) &&
is_array( $input['styles']['blocks'][ $block ]['variations'] ) &&
isset( $valid_variations[ $block ] )
) {
$style_variation_names = array_intersect(
array_keys( $input['styles']['blocks'][ $block ]['variations'] ),
$valid_variations[ $block ]
);
}
$schema_styles_variations = array();
if ( ! empty( $style_variation_names ) ) {
$schema_styles_variations = array_fill_keys( $style_variation_names, $block_style_variation_styles );
}
$schema_styles_blocks[ $block ]['variations'] = $schema_styles_variations;
}
$schema['styles'] = static::VALID_STYLES;
$schema['styles']['blocks'] = $schema_styles_blocks;
$schema['styles']['elements'] = $schema_styles_elements;
$schema['settings'] = static::VALID_SETTINGS;
$schema['settings']['blocks'] = $schema_settings_blocks;
$schema['settings']['typography']['fontFamilies'] = static::schema_in_root_and_per_origin( static::FONT_FAMILY_SCHEMA );
// Remove anything that's not present in the schema.
foreach ( array( 'styles', 'settings' ) as $subtree ) {
if ( ! isset( $input[ $subtree ] ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( ! is_array( $input[ $subtree ] ) ) {
unset( $output[ $subtree ] );
continue;
}
$result = static::remove_keys_not_in_schema( $input[ $subtree ], $schema[ $subtree ] );
if ( empty( $result ) ) {
unset( $output[ $subtree ] );
} else {
$output[ $subtree ] = static::resolve_custom_css_format( $result );
}
}
return $output;
}
/**
* Appends a sub-selector to an existing one.
*
* Given the compounded $selector "h1, h2, h3"
* and the $to_append selector ".some-class" the result will be
* "h1.some-class, h2.some-class, h3.some-class".
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 6.1.0 Added append position.
* @since 6.3.0 Removed append position parameter.
*
* @param string $selector Original selector.
* @param string $to_append Selector to append.
* @return string The new selector.
*/
protected static function append_to_selector( $selector, $to_append ) {
if ( ! str_contains( $selector, ',' ) ) {
return $selector . $to_append;
}
$new_selectors = array();
$selectors = explode( ',', $selector );
foreach ( $selectors as $sel ) {
$new_selectors[] = $sel . $to_append;
}
return implode( ',', $new_selectors );
}
/**
* Prepends a sub-selector to an existing one.
*
* Given the compounded $selector "h1, h2, h3"
* and the $to_prepend selector ".some-class " the result will be
* ".some-class h1, .some-class h2, .some-class h3".
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param string $selector Original selector.
* @param string $to_prepend Selector to prepend.
* @return string The new selector.
*/
protected static function prepend_to_selector( $selector, $to_prepend ) {
if ( ! str_contains( $selector, ',' ) ) {
return $to_prepend . $selector;
}
$new_selectors = array();
$selectors = explode( ',', $selector );
foreach ( $selectors as $sel ) {
$new_selectors[] = $to_prepend . $sel;
}
return implode( ',', $new_selectors );
}
/**
* Returns the metadata for each block.
*
* Example:
*
* {
* 'core/paragraph': {
* 'selector': 'p',
* 'elements': {
* 'link' => 'link selector',
* 'etc' => 'element selector'
* }
* },
* 'core/heading': {
* 'selector': 'h1',
* 'elements': {}
* },
* 'core/image': {
* 'selector': '.wp-block-image',
* 'duotone': 'img',
* 'elements': {}
* }
* }
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added `duotone` key with CSS selector.
* @since 6.1.0 Added `features` key with block support feature level selectors.
* @since 6.3.0 Refactored and stabilized selectors API.
* @since 6.6.0 Updated to include block style variations from the block styles registry.
*
* @return array Block metadata.
*/
protected static function get_blocks_metadata() {
$registry = WP_Block_Type_Registry::get_instance();
$blocks = $registry->get_all_registered();
$style_registry = WP_Block_Styles_Registry::get_instance();
// Is there metadata for all currently registered blocks?
$blocks = array_diff_key( $blocks, static::$blocks_metadata );
if ( empty( $blocks ) ) {
/*
* New block styles may have been registered within WP_Block_Styles_Registry.
* Update block metadata for any new block style variations.
*/
$registered_styles = $style_registry->get_all_registered();
foreach ( static::$blocks_metadata as $block_name => $block_metadata ) {
if ( ! empty( $registered_styles[ $block_name ] ) ) {
$style_selectors = $block_metadata['styleVariations'] ?? array();
foreach ( $registered_styles[ $block_name ] as $block_style ) {
if ( ! isset( $style_selectors[ $block_style['name'] ] ) ) {
$style_selectors[ $block_style['name'] ] = static::get_block_style_variation_selector( $block_style['name'], $block_metadata['selector'] );
}
}
static::$blocks_metadata[ $block_name ]['styleVariations'] = $style_selectors;
}
}
return static::$blocks_metadata;
}
foreach ( $blocks as $block_name => $block_type ) {
$root_selector = wp_get_block_css_selector( $block_type );
static::$blocks_metadata[ $block_name ]['selector'] = $root_selector;
static::$blocks_metadata[ $block_name ]['selectors'] = static::get_block_selectors( $block_type, $root_selector );
$elements = static::get_block_element_selectors( $root_selector );
if ( ! empty( $elements ) ) {
static::$blocks_metadata[ $block_name ]['elements'] = $elements;
}
// The block may or may not have a duotone selector.
$duotone_selector = wp_get_block_css_selector( $block_type, 'filter.duotone' );
// Keep backwards compatibility for support.color.__experimentalDuotone.
if ( null === $duotone_selector ) {
$duotone_support = isset( $block_type->supports['color']['__experimentalDuotone'] )
? $block_type->supports['color']['__experimentalDuotone']
: null;
if ( $duotone_support ) {
$root_selector = wp_get_block_css_selector( $block_type );
$duotone_selector = static::scope_selector( $root_selector, $duotone_support );
}
}
if ( null !== $duotone_selector ) {
static::$blocks_metadata[ $block_name ]['duotone'] = $duotone_selector;
}
// If the block has style variations, append their selectors to the block metadata.
$style_selectors = array();
if ( ! empty( $block_type->styles ) ) {
foreach ( $block_type->styles as $style ) {
$style_selectors[ $style['name'] ] = static::get_block_style_variation_selector( $style['name'], static::$blocks_metadata[ $block_name ]['selector'] );
}
}
// Block style variations can be registered through the WP_Block_Styles_Registry as well as block.json.
$registered_styles = $style_registry->get_registered_styles_for_block( $block_name );
foreach ( $registered_styles as $style ) {
$style_selectors[ $style['name'] ] = static::get_block_style_variation_selector( $style['name'], static::$blocks_metadata[ $block_name ]['selector'] );
}
if ( ! empty( $style_selectors ) ) {
static::$blocks_metadata[ $block_name ]['styleVariations'] = $style_selectors;
}
}
return static::$blocks_metadata;
}
/**
* Given a tree, removes the keys that are not present in the schema.
*
* It is recursive and modifies the input in-place.
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @param array $tree Input to process.
* @param array $schema Schema to adhere to.
* @return array The modified $tree.
*/
protected static function remove_keys_not_in_schema( $tree, $schema ) {
if ( ! is_array( $tree ) ) {
return $tree;
}
foreach ( $tree as $key => $value ) {
// Remove keys not in the schema or with null/empty values.
if ( ! array_key_exists( $key, $schema ) ) {
unset( $tree[ $key ] );
continue;
}
if ( is_array( $schema[ $key ] ) ) {
if ( ! is_array( $value ) ) {
unset( $tree[ $key ] );
} elseif ( wp_is_numeric_array( $value ) ) {
// If indexed, process each item in the array.
foreach ( $value as $item_key => $item_value ) {
if ( isset( $schema[ $key ][0] ) && is_array( $schema[ $key ][0] ) ) {
$tree[ $key ][ $item_key ] = self::remove_keys_not_in_schema( $item_value, $schema[ $key ][0] );
} else {
// If the schema does not define a further structure, keep the value as is.
$tree[ $key ][ $item_key ] = $item_value;
}
}
} else {
// If associative, process as a single object.
$tree[ $key ] = self::remove_keys_not_in_schema( $value, $schema[ $key ] );
if ( empty( $tree[ $key ] ) ) {
unset( $tree[ $key ] );
}
}
}
}
return $tree;
}
/**
* Returns the existing settings for each block.
*
* Example:
*
* {
* 'root': {
* 'color': {
* 'custom': true
* }
* },
* 'core/paragraph': {
* 'spacing': {
* 'customPadding': true
* }
* }
* }
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @return array Settings per block.
*/
public function get_settings() {
if ( ! isset( $this->theme_json['settings'] ) ) {
return array();
} else {
return $this->theme_json['settings'];
}
}
/**
* Returns the stylesheet that results of processing
* the theme.json structure this object represents.
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Removed the `$type` parameter, added the `$types` and `$origins` parameters.
* @since 6.3.0 Add fallback layout styles for Post Template when block gap support isn't available.
* @since 6.6.0 Added boolean `skip_root_layout_styles` and `include_block_style_variations` options
* to control styles output as desired.
*
* @param string[] $types Types of styles to load. Will load all by default. It accepts:
* - `variables`: only the CSS Custom Properties for presets & custom ones.
* - `styles`: only the styles section in theme.json.
* - `presets`: only the classes for the presets.
* @param string[] $origins A list of origins to include. By default it includes VALID_ORIGINS.
* @param array $options {
* Optional. An array of options for now used for internal purposes only (may change without notice).
*
* @type string $scope Makes sure all style are scoped to a given selector
* @type string $root_selector Overwrites and forces a given selector to be used on the root node
* @type bool $skip_root_layout_styles Omits root layout styles from the generated stylesheet. Default false.
* @type bool $include_block_style_variations Includes styles for block style variations in the generated stylesheet. Default false.
* }
* @return string The resulting stylesheet.
*/
public function get_stylesheet( $types = array( 'variables', 'styles', 'presets' ), $origins = null, $options = array() ) {
if ( null === $origins ) {
$origins = static::VALID_ORIGINS;
}
if ( is_string( $types ) ) {
// Dispatch error and map old arguments to new ones.
_deprecated_argument( __FUNCTION__, '5.9.0' );
if ( 'block_styles' === $types ) {
$types = array( 'styles', 'presets' );
} elseif ( 'css_variables' === $types ) {
$types = array( 'variables' );
} else {
$types = array( 'variables', 'styles', 'presets' );
}
}
$blocks_metadata = static::get_blocks_metadata();
$style_nodes = static::get_style_nodes( $this->theme_json, $blocks_metadata, $options );
$setting_nodes = static::get_setting_nodes( $this->theme_json, $blocks_metadata );
$root_style_key = array_search( static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR, array_column( $style_nodes, 'selector' ), true );
$root_settings_key = array_search( static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR, array_column( $setting_nodes, 'selector' ), true );
if ( ! empty( $options['scope'] ) ) {
foreach ( $setting_nodes as &$node ) {
$node['selector'] = static::scope_selector( $options['scope'], $node['selector'] );
}
foreach ( $style_nodes as &$node ) {
$node = static::scope_style_node_selectors( $options['scope'], $node );
}
unset( $node );
}
if ( ! empty( $options['root_selector'] ) ) {
if ( false !== $root_settings_key ) {
$setting_nodes[ $root_settings_key ]['selector'] = $options['root_selector'];
}
if ( false !== $root_style_key ) {
$style_nodes[ $root_style_key ]['selector'] = $options['root_selector'];
}
}
$stylesheet = '';
if ( in_array( 'variables', $types, true ) ) {
$stylesheet .= $this->get_css_variables( $setting_nodes, $origins );
}
if ( in_array( 'styles', $types, true ) ) {
if ( false !== $root_style_key && empty( $options['skip_root_layout_styles'] ) ) {
$stylesheet .= $this->get_root_layout_rules( $style_nodes[ $root_style_key ]['selector'], $style_nodes[ $root_style_key ] );
}
$stylesheet .= $this->get_block_classes( $style_nodes );
} elseif ( in_array( 'base-layout-styles', $types, true ) ) {
$root_selector = static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR;
$columns_selector = '.wp-block-columns';
$post_template_selector = '.wp-block-post-template';
if ( ! empty( $options['scope'] ) ) {
$root_selector = static::scope_selector( $options['scope'], $root_selector );
$columns_selector = static::scope_selector( $options['scope'], $columns_selector );
$post_template_selector = static::scope_selector( $options['scope'], $post_template_selector );
}
if ( ! empty( $options['root_selector'] ) ) {
$root_selector = $options['root_selector'];
}
/*
* Base layout styles are provided as part of `styles`, so only output separately if explicitly requested.
* For backwards compatibility, the Columns block is explicitly included, to support a different default gap value.
*/
$base_styles_nodes = array(
array(
'path' => array( 'styles' ),
'selector' => $root_selector,
),
array(
'path' => array( 'styles', 'blocks', 'core/columns' ),
'selector' => $columns_selector,
'name' => 'core/columns',
),
array(
'path' => array( 'styles', 'blocks', 'core/post-template' ),
'selector' => $post_template_selector,
'name' => 'core/post-template',
),
);
foreach ( $base_styles_nodes as $base_style_node ) {
$stylesheet .= $this->get_layout_styles( $base_style_node, $types );
}
}
if ( in_array( 'presets', $types, true ) ) {
$stylesheet .= $this->get_preset_classes( $setting_nodes, $origins );
}
return $stylesheet;
}
/**
* Processes the CSS, to apply nesting.
*
* @since 6.2.0
* @since 6.6.0 Enforced 0-1-0 specificity for block custom CSS selectors.
*
* @param string $css The CSS to process.
* @param string $selector The selector to nest.
* @return string The processed CSS.
*/
protected function process_blocks_custom_css( $css, $selector ) {
$processed_css = '';
// Split CSS nested rules.
$parts = explode( '&', $css );
foreach ( $parts as $part ) {
$is_root_css = ( ! str_contains( $part, '{' ) );
if ( $is_root_css ) {
// If the part doesn't contain braces, it applies to the root level.
$processed_css .= ':root :where(' . trim( $selector ) . '){' . trim( $part ) . '}';
} else {
// If the part contains braces, it's a nested CSS rule.
$part = explode( '{', str_replace( '}', '', $part ) );
if ( count( $part ) !== 2 ) {
continue;
}
$nested_selector = $part[0];
$css_value = $part[1];
$part_selector = str_starts_with( $nested_selector, ' ' )
? static::scope_selector( $selector, $nested_selector )
: static::append_to_selector( $selector, $nested_selector );
$final_selector = ":root :where($part_selector)";
$processed_css .= $final_selector . '{' . trim( $css_value ) . '}';}
}
return $processed_css;
}
/**
* Returns the global styles custom CSS.
*
* @since 6.2.0
*
* @return string The global styles custom CSS.
*/
public function get_custom_css() {
// Add the global styles root CSS.
$stylesheet = isset( $this->theme_json['styles']['css'] ) ? $this->theme_json['styles']['css'] : '';
// Add the global styles block CSS.
if ( isset( $this->theme_json['styles']['blocks'] ) ) {
foreach ( $this->theme_json['styles']['blocks'] as $name => $node ) {
$custom_block_css = isset( $this->theme_json['styles']['blocks'][ $name ]['css'] )
? $this->theme_json['styles']['blocks'][ $name ]['css']
: null;
if ( $custom_block_css ) {
$selector = static::$blocks_metadata[ $name ]['selector'];
$stylesheet .= $this->process_blocks_custom_css( $custom_block_css, $selector );
}
}
}
return $stylesheet;
}
/**
* Returns the page templates of the active theme.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @return array
*/
public function get_custom_templates() {
$custom_templates = array();
if ( ! isset( $this->theme_json['customTemplates'] ) || ! is_array( $this->theme_json['customTemplates'] ) ) {
return $custom_templates;
}
foreach ( $this->theme_json['customTemplates'] as $item ) {
if ( isset( $item['name'] ) ) {
$custom_templates[ $item['name'] ] = array(
'title' => isset( $item['title'] ) ? $item['title'] : '',
'postTypes' => isset( $item['postTypes'] ) ? $item['postTypes'] : array( 'page' ),
);
}
}
return $custom_templates;
}
/**
* Returns the template part data of active theme.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @return array
*/
public function get_template_parts() {
$template_parts = array();
if ( ! isset( $this->theme_json['templateParts'] ) || ! is_array( $this->theme_json['templateParts'] ) ) {
return $template_parts;
}
foreach ( $this->theme_json['templateParts'] as $item ) {
if ( isset( $item['name'] ) ) {
$template_parts[ $item['name'] ] = array(
'title' => isset( $item['title'] ) ? $item['title'] : '',
'area' => isset( $item['area'] ) ? $item['area'] : '',
);
}
}
return $template_parts;
}
/**
* Converts each style section into a list of rulesets
* containing the block styles to be appended to the stylesheet.
*
* See glossary at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/Syntax
*
* For each section this creates a new ruleset such as:
*
* block-selector {
* style-property-one: value;
* }
*
* @since 5.8.0 As `get_block_styles()`.
* @since 5.9.0 Renamed from `get_block_styles()` to `get_block_classes()`
* and no longer returns preset classes.
* Removed the `$setting_nodes` parameter.
* @since 6.1.0 Moved most internal logic to `get_styles_for_block()`.
*
* @param array $style_nodes Nodes with styles.
* @return string The new stylesheet.
*/
protected function get_block_classes( $style_nodes ) {
$block_rules = '';
foreach ( $style_nodes as $metadata ) {
if ( null === $metadata['selector'] ) {
continue;
}
$block_rules .= static::get_styles_for_block( $metadata );
}
return $block_rules;
}
/**
* Gets the CSS layout rules for a particular block from theme.json layout definitions.
*
* @since 6.1.0
* @since 6.3.0 Reduced specificity for layout margin rules.
* @since 6.5.1 Only output rules referencing content and wide sizes when values exist.
* @since 6.5.3 Add types parameter to check if only base layout styles are needed.
* @since 6.6.0 Updated layout style specificity to be compatible with overall 0-1-0 specificity in global styles.
*
* @param array $block_metadata Metadata about the block to get styles for.
* @param array $types Optional. Types of styles to output. If empty, all styles will be output.
* @return string Layout styles for the block.
*/
protected function get_layout_styles( $block_metadata, $types = array() ) {
$block_rules = '';
$block_type = null;
// Skip outputting layout styles if explicitly disabled.
if ( current_theme_supports( 'disable-layout-styles' ) ) {
return $block_rules;
}
if ( isset( $block_metadata['name'] ) ) {
$block_type = WP_Block_Type_Registry::get_instance()->get_registered( $block_metadata['name'] );
if ( ! block_has_support( $block_type, 'layout', false ) && ! block_has_support( $block_type, '__experimentalLayout', false ) ) {
return $block_rules;
}
}
$selector = isset( $block_metadata['selector'] ) ? $block_metadata['selector'] : '';
$has_block_gap_support = isset( $this->theme_json['settings']['spacing']['blockGap'] );
$has_fallback_gap_support = ! $has_block_gap_support; // This setting isn't useful yet: it exists as a placeholder for a future explicit fallback gap styles support.
$node = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $block_metadata['path'], array() );
$layout_definitions = wp_get_layout_definitions();
$layout_selector_pattern = '/^[a-zA-Z0-9\-\.\,\ *+>:\(\)]*$/'; // Allow alphanumeric classnames, spaces, wildcard, sibling, child combinator and pseudo class selectors.
/*
* Gap styles will only be output if the theme has block gap support, or supports a fallback gap.
* Default layout gap styles will be skipped for themes that do not explicitly opt-in to blockGap with a `true` or `false` value.
*/
if ( $has_block_gap_support || $has_fallback_gap_support ) {
$block_gap_value = null;
// Use a fallback gap value if block gap support is not available.
if ( ! $has_block_gap_support ) {
$block_gap_value = static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR === $selector ? '0.5em' : null;
if ( ! empty( $block_type ) ) {
$block_gap_value = isset( $block_type->supports['spacing']['blockGap']['__experimentalDefault'] )
? $block_type->supports['spacing']['blockGap']['__experimentalDefault']
: null;
}
} else {
$block_gap_value = static::get_property_value( $node, array( 'spacing', 'blockGap' ) );
}
// Support split row / column values and concatenate to a shorthand value.
if ( is_array( $block_gap_value ) ) {
if ( isset( $block_gap_value['top'] ) && isset( $block_gap_value['left'] ) ) {
$gap_row = static::get_property_value( $node, array( 'spacing', 'blockGap', 'top' ) );
$gap_column = static::get_property_value( $node, array( 'spacing', 'blockGap', 'left' ) );
$block_gap_value = $gap_row === $gap_column ? $gap_row : $gap_row . ' ' . $gap_column;
} else {
// Skip outputting gap value if not all sides are provided.
$block_gap_value = null;
}
}
// If the block should have custom gap, add the gap styles.
if ( null !== $block_gap_value && false !== $block_gap_value && '' !== $block_gap_value ) {
foreach ( $layout_definitions as $layout_definition_key => $layout_definition ) {
// Allow outputting fallback gap styles for flex and grid layout types when block gap support isn't available.
if ( ! $has_block_gap_support && 'flex' !== $layout_definition_key && 'grid' !== $layout_definition_key ) {
continue;
}
$class_name = isset( $layout_definition['className'] ) ? $layout_definition['className'] : false;
$spacing_rules = isset( $layout_definition['spacingStyles'] ) ? $layout_definition['spacingStyles'] : array();
if (
! empty( $class_name ) &&
! empty( $spacing_rules )
) {
foreach ( $spacing_rules as $spacing_rule ) {
$declarations = array();
if (
isset( $spacing_rule['selector'] ) &&
preg_match( $layout_selector_pattern, $spacing_rule['selector'] ) &&
! empty( $spacing_rule['rules'] )
) {
// Iterate over each of the styling rules and substitute non-string values such as `null` with the real `blockGap` value.
foreach ( $spacing_rule['rules'] as $css_property => $css_value ) {
$current_css_value = is_string( $css_value ) ? $css_value : $block_gap_value;
if ( static::is_safe_css_declaration( $css_property, $current_css_value ) ) {
$declarations[] = array(
'name' => $css_property,
'value' => $current_css_value,
);
}
}
if ( ! $has_block_gap_support ) {
// For fallback gap styles, use lower specificity, to ensure styles do not unintentionally override theme styles.
$format = static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR === $selector ? ':where(.%2$s%3$s)' : ':where(%1$s.%2$s%3$s)';
$layout_selector = sprintf(
$format,
$selector,
$class_name,
$spacing_rule['selector']
);
} else {
$format = static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR === $selector ? '.%2$s %3$s' : '%1$s-%2$s %3$s';
$layout_selector = sprintf(
$format,
$selector,
$class_name,
$spacing_rule['selector']
);
}
$block_rules .= static::to_ruleset( $layout_selector, $declarations );
}
}
}
}
}
}
// Output base styles.
if (
static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR === $selector
) {
$valid_display_modes = array( 'block', 'flex', 'grid' );
foreach ( $layout_definitions as $layout_definition ) {
$class_name = isset( $layout_definition['className'] ) ? $layout_definition['className'] : false;
$base_style_rules = isset( $layout_definition['baseStyles'] ) ? $layout_definition['baseStyles'] : array();
if (
! empty( $class_name ) &&
is_array( $base_style_rules )
) {
// Output display mode. This requires special handling as `display` is not exposed in `safe_style_css_filter`.
if (
! empty( $layout_definition['displayMode'] ) &&
is_string( $layout_definition['displayMode'] ) &&
in_array( $layout_definition['displayMode'], $valid_display_modes, true )
) {
$layout_selector = sprintf(
'%s .%s',
$selector,
$class_name
);
$block_rules .= static::to_ruleset(
$layout_selector,
array(
array(
'name' => 'display',
'value' => $layout_definition['displayMode'],
),
)
);
}
foreach ( $base_style_rules as $base_style_rule ) {
$declarations = array();
// Skip outputting base styles for flow and constrained layout types if theme doesn't support theme.json. The 'base-layout-styles' type flags this.
if ( in_array( 'base-layout-styles', $types, true ) && ( 'default' === $layout_definition['name'] || 'constrained' === $layout_definition['name'] ) ) {
continue;
}
if (
isset( $base_style_rule['selector'] ) &&
preg_match( $layout_selector_pattern, $base_style_rule['selector'] ) &&
! empty( $base_style_rule['rules'] )
) {
foreach ( $base_style_rule['rules'] as $css_property => $css_value ) {
// Skip rules that reference content size or wide size if they are not defined in the theme.json.
if (
is_string( $css_value ) &&
( str_contains( $css_value, '--global--content-size' ) || str_contains( $css_value, '--global--wide-size' ) ) &&
! isset( $this->theme_json['settings']['layout']['contentSize'] ) &&
! isset( $this->theme_json['settings']['layout']['wideSize'] )
) {
continue;
}
if ( static::is_safe_css_declaration( $css_property, $css_value ) ) {
$declarations[] = array(
'name' => $css_property,
'value' => $css_value,
);
}
}
$layout_selector = sprintf(
'.%s%s',
$class_name,
$base_style_rule['selector']
);
$block_rules .= static::to_ruleset( $layout_selector, $declarations );
}
}
}
}
}
return $block_rules;
}
/**
* Creates new rulesets as classes for each preset value such as:
*
* .has-value-color {
* color: value;
* }
*
* .has-value-background-color {
* background-color: value;
* }
*
* .has-value-font-size {
* font-size: value;
* }
*
* .has-value-gradient-background {
* background: value;
* }
*
* p.has-value-gradient-background {
* background: value;
* }
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param array $setting_nodes Nodes with settings.
* @param string[] $origins List of origins to process presets from.
* @return string The new stylesheet.
*/
protected function get_preset_classes( $setting_nodes, $origins ) {
$preset_rules = '';
foreach ( $setting_nodes as $metadata ) {
if ( null === $metadata['selector'] ) {
continue;
}
$selector = $metadata['selector'];
$node = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $metadata['path'], array() );
$preset_rules .= static::compute_preset_classes( $node, $selector, $origins );
}
return $preset_rules;
}
/**
* Converts each styles section into a list of rulesets
* to be appended to the stylesheet.
* These rulesets contain all the css variables (custom variables and preset variables).
*
* See glossary at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/Syntax
*
* For each section this creates a new ruleset such as:
*
* block-selector {
* --wp--preset--category--slug: value;
* --wp--custom--variable: value;
* }
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added the `$origins` parameter.
*
* @param array $nodes Nodes with settings.
* @param string[] $origins List of origins to process.
* @return string The new stylesheet.
*/
protected function get_css_variables( $nodes, $origins ) {
$stylesheet = '';
foreach ( $nodes as $metadata ) {
if ( null === $metadata['selector'] ) {
continue;
}
$selector = $metadata['selector'];
$node = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $metadata['path'], array() );
$declarations = static::compute_preset_vars( $node, $origins );
$theme_vars_declarations = static::compute_theme_vars( $node );
foreach ( $theme_vars_declarations as $theme_vars_declaration ) {
$declarations[] = $theme_vars_declaration;
}
$stylesheet .= static::to_ruleset( $selector, $declarations );
}
return $stylesheet;
}
/**
* Given a selector and a declaration list,
* creates the corresponding ruleset.
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @param string $selector CSS selector.
* @param array $declarations List of declarations.
* @return string The resulting CSS ruleset.
*/
protected static function to_ruleset( $selector, $declarations ) {
if ( empty( $declarations ) ) {
return '';
}
$declaration_block = array_reduce(
$declarations,
static function ( $carry, $element ) {
return $carry .= $element['name'] . ': ' . $element['value'] . ';'; },
''
);
return $selector . '{' . $declaration_block . '}';
}
/**
* Given a settings array, returns the generated rulesets
* for the preset classes.
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added the `$origins` parameter.
* @since 6.6.0 Added check for root CSS properties selector.
*
* @param array $settings Settings to process.
* @param string $selector Selector wrapping the classes.
* @param string[] $origins List of origins to process.
* @return string The result of processing the presets.
*/
protected static function compute_preset_classes( $settings, $selector, $origins ) {
if ( static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR === $selector || static::ROOT_CSS_PROPERTIES_SELECTOR === $selector ) {
/*
* Classes at the global level do not need any CSS prefixed,
* and we don't want to increase its specificity.
*/
$selector = '';
}
$stylesheet = '';
foreach ( static::PRESETS_METADATA as $preset_metadata ) {
if ( empty( $preset_metadata['classes'] ) ) {
continue;
}
$slugs = static::get_settings_slugs( $settings, $preset_metadata, $origins );
foreach ( $preset_metadata['classes'] as $class => $property ) {
foreach ( $slugs as $slug ) {
$css_var = static::replace_slug_in_string( $preset_metadata['css_vars'], $slug );
$class_name = static::replace_slug_in_string( $class, $slug );
// $selector is often empty, so we can save ourselves the `append_to_selector()` call then.
$new_selector = '' === $selector ? $class_name : static::append_to_selector( $selector, $class_name );
$stylesheet .= static::to_ruleset(
$new_selector,
array(
array(
'name' => $property,
'value' => 'var(' . $css_var . ') !important',
),
)
);
}
}
}
return $stylesheet;
}
/**
* Function that scopes a selector with another one. This works a bit like
* SCSS nesting except the `&` operator isn't supported.
*
*
* $scope = '.a, .b .c';
* $selector = '> .x, .y';
* $merged = scope_selector( $scope, $selector );
* // $merged is '.a > .x, .a .y, .b .c > .x, .b .c .y'
*
*
* @since 5.9.0
* @since 6.6.0 Added early return if missing scope or selector.
*
* @param string $scope Selector to scope to.
* @param string $selector Original selector.
* @return string Scoped selector.
*/
public static function scope_selector( $scope, $selector ) {
if ( ! $scope || ! $selector ) {
return $selector;
}
$scopes = explode( ',', $scope );
$selectors = explode( ',', $selector );
$selectors_scoped = array();
foreach ( $scopes as $outer ) {
foreach ( $selectors as $inner ) {
$outer = trim( $outer );
$inner = trim( $inner );
if ( ! empty( $outer ) && ! empty( $inner ) ) {
$selectors_scoped[] = $outer . ' ' . $inner;
} elseif ( empty( $outer ) ) {
$selectors_scoped[] = $inner;
} elseif ( empty( $inner ) ) {
$selectors_scoped[] = $outer;
}
}
}
$result = implode( ', ', $selectors_scoped );
return $result;
}
/**
* Scopes the selectors for a given style node.
*
* This includes the primary selector, i.e. `$node['selector']`, as well as any custom
* selectors for features and subfeatures, e.g. `$node['selectors']['border']` etc.
*
* @since 6.6.0
*
* @param string $scope Selector to scope to.
* @param array $node Style node with selectors to scope.
* @return array Node with updated selectors.
*/
protected static function scope_style_node_selectors( $scope, $node ) {
$node['selector'] = static::scope_selector( $scope, $node['selector'] );
if ( empty( $node['selectors'] ) ) {
return $node;
}
foreach ( $node['selectors'] as $feature => $selector ) {
if ( is_string( $selector ) ) {
$node['selectors'][ $feature ] = static::scope_selector( $scope, $selector );
}
if ( is_array( $selector ) ) {
foreach ( $selector as $subfeature => $subfeature_selector ) {
$node['selectors'][ $feature ][ $subfeature ] = static::scope_selector( $scope, $subfeature_selector );
}
}
}
return $node;
}
/**
* Gets preset values keyed by slugs based on settings and metadata.
*
*
* $settings = array(
* 'typography' => array(
* 'fontFamilies' => array(
* array(
* 'slug' => 'sansSerif',
* 'fontFamily' => '"Helvetica Neue", sans-serif',
* ),
* array(
* 'slug' => 'serif',
* 'colors' => 'Georgia, serif',
* )
* ),
* ),
* );
* $meta = array(
* 'path' => array( 'typography', 'fontFamilies' ),
* 'value_key' => 'fontFamily',
* );
* $values_by_slug = get_settings_values_by_slug();
* // $values_by_slug === array(
* // 'sans-serif' => '"Helvetica Neue", sans-serif',
* // 'serif' => 'Georgia, serif',
* // );
*
*
* @since 5.9.0
* @since 6.6.0 Passing $settings to the callbacks defined in static::PRESETS_METADATA.
*
* @param array $settings Settings to process.
* @param array $preset_metadata One of the PRESETS_METADATA values.
* @param string[] $origins List of origins to process.
* @return array Array of presets where each key is a slug and each value is the preset value.
*/
protected static function get_settings_values_by_slug( $settings, $preset_metadata, $origins ) {
$preset_per_origin = _wp_array_get( $settings, $preset_metadata['path'], array() );
$result = array();
foreach ( $origins as $origin ) {
if ( ! isset( $preset_per_origin[ $origin ] ) ) {
continue;
}
foreach ( $preset_per_origin[ $origin ] as $preset ) {
$slug = _wp_to_kebab_case( $preset['slug'] );
$value = '';
if ( isset( $preset_metadata['value_key'], $preset[ $preset_metadata['value_key'] ] ) ) {
$value_key = $preset_metadata['value_key'];
$value = $preset[ $value_key ];
} elseif (
isset( $preset_metadata['value_func'] ) &&
is_callable( $preset_metadata['value_func'] )
) {
$value_func = $preset_metadata['value_func'];
$value = call_user_func( $value_func, $preset, $settings );
} else {
// If we don't have a value, then don't add it to the result.
continue;
}
$result[ $slug ] = $value;
}
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Similar to get_settings_values_by_slug, but doesn't compute the value.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param array $settings Settings to process.
* @param array $preset_metadata One of the PRESETS_METADATA values.
* @param string[] $origins List of origins to process.
* @return array Array of presets where the key and value are both the slug.
*/
protected static function get_settings_slugs( $settings, $preset_metadata, $origins = null ) {
if ( null === $origins ) {
$origins = static::VALID_ORIGINS;
}
$preset_per_origin = _wp_array_get( $settings, $preset_metadata['path'], array() );
$result = array();
foreach ( $origins as $origin ) {
if ( ! isset( $preset_per_origin[ $origin ] ) ) {
continue;
}
foreach ( $preset_per_origin[ $origin ] as $preset ) {
$slug = _wp_to_kebab_case( $preset['slug'] );
// Use the array as a set so we don't get duplicates.
$result[ $slug ] = $slug;
}
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Transforms a slug into a CSS Custom Property.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param string $input String to replace.
* @param string $slug The slug value to use to generate the custom property.
* @return string The CSS Custom Property. Something along the lines of `--wp--preset--color--black`.
*/
protected static function replace_slug_in_string( $input, $slug ) {
return strtr( $input, array( '$slug' => $slug ) );
}
/**
* Given the block settings, extracts the CSS Custom Properties
* for the presets and adds them to the $declarations array
* following the format:
*
* array(
* 'name' => 'property_name',
* 'value' => 'property_value,
* )
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added the `$origins` parameter.
*
* @param array $settings Settings to process.
* @param string[] $origins List of origins to process.
* @return array The modified $declarations.
*/
protected static function compute_preset_vars( $settings, $origins ) {
$declarations = array();
foreach ( static::PRESETS_METADATA as $preset_metadata ) {
if ( empty( $preset_metadata['css_vars'] ) ) {
continue;
}
$values_by_slug = static::get_settings_values_by_slug( $settings, $preset_metadata, $origins );
foreach ( $values_by_slug as $slug => $value ) {
$declarations[] = array(
'name' => static::replace_slug_in_string( $preset_metadata['css_vars'], $slug ),
'value' => $value,
);
}
}
return $declarations;
}
/**
* Given an array of settings, extracts the CSS Custom Properties
* for the custom values and adds them to the $declarations
* array following the format:
*
* array(
* 'name' => 'property_name',
* 'value' => 'property_value,
* )
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @param array $settings Settings to process.
* @return array The modified $declarations.
*/
protected static function compute_theme_vars( $settings ) {
$declarations = array();
$custom_values = isset( $settings['custom'] ) ? $settings['custom'] : array();
$css_vars = static::flatten_tree( $custom_values );
foreach ( $css_vars as $key => $value ) {
$declarations[] = array(
'name' => '--wp--custom--' . $key,
'value' => $value,
);
}
return $declarations;
}
/**
* Given a tree, it creates a flattened one
* by merging the keys and binding the leaf values
* to the new keys.
*
* It also transforms camelCase names into kebab-case
* and substitutes '/' by '-'.
*
* This is thought to be useful to generate
* CSS Custom Properties from a tree,
* although there's nothing in the implementation
* of this function that requires that format.
*
* For example, assuming the given prefix is '--wp'
* and the token is '--', for this input tree:
*
* {
* 'some/property': 'value',
* 'nestedProperty': {
* 'sub-property': 'value'
* }
* }
*
* it'll return this output:
*
* {
* '--wp--some-property': 'value',
* '--wp--nested-property--sub-property': 'value'
* }
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @param array $tree Input tree to process.
* @param string $prefix Optional. Prefix to prepend to each variable. Default empty string.
* @param string $token Optional. Token to use between levels. Default '--'.
* @return array The flattened tree.
*/
protected static function flatten_tree( $tree, $prefix = '', $token = '--' ) {
$result = array();
foreach ( $tree as $property => $value ) {
$new_key = $prefix . str_replace(
'/',
'-',
strtolower( _wp_to_kebab_case( $property ) )
);
if ( is_array( $value ) ) {
$new_prefix = $new_key . $token;
$flattened_subtree = static::flatten_tree( $value, $new_prefix, $token );
foreach ( $flattened_subtree as $subtree_key => $subtree_value ) {
$result[ $subtree_key ] = $subtree_value;
}
} else {
$result[ $new_key ] = $value;
}
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Given a styles array, it extracts the style properties
* and adds them to the $declarations array following the format:
*
* array(
* 'name' => 'property_name',
* 'value' => 'property_value,
* )
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added the `$settings` and `$properties` parameters.
* @since 6.1.0 Added `$theme_json`, `$selector`, and `$use_root_padding` parameters.
* @since 6.5.0 Output a `min-height: unset` rule when `aspect-ratio` is set.
* @since 6.6.0 Pass current theme JSON settings to wp_get_typography_font_size_value(), and process background properties.
*
* @param array $styles Styles to process.
* @param array $settings Theme settings.
* @param array $properties Properties metadata.
* @param array $theme_json Theme JSON array.
* @param string $selector The style block selector.
* @param boolean $use_root_padding Whether to add custom properties at root level.
* @return array Returns the modified $declarations.
*/
protected static function compute_style_properties( $styles, $settings = array(), $properties = null, $theme_json = null, $selector = null, $use_root_padding = null ) {
if ( null === $properties ) {
$properties = static::PROPERTIES_METADATA;
}
$declarations = array();
if ( empty( $styles ) ) {
return $declarations;
}
$root_variable_duplicates = array();
foreach ( $properties as $css_property => $value_path ) {
$value = static::get_property_value( $styles, $value_path, $theme_json );
if ( str_starts_with( $css_property, '--wp--style--root--' ) && ( static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR !== $selector || ! $use_root_padding ) ) {
continue;
}
/*
* Root-level padding styles don't currently support strings with CSS shorthand values.
* This may change: https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/issues/40132.
*/
if ( '--wp--style--root--padding' === $css_property && is_string( $value ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( str_starts_with( $css_property, '--wp--style--root--' ) && $use_root_padding ) {
$root_variable_duplicates[] = substr( $css_property, strlen( '--wp--style--root--' ) );
}
/*
* Look up protected properties, keyed by value path.
* Skip protected properties that are explicitly set to `null`.
*/
if ( is_array( $value_path ) ) {
$path_string = implode( '.', $value_path );
if (
isset( static::PROTECTED_PROPERTIES[ $path_string ] ) &&
_wp_array_get( $settings, static::PROTECTED_PROPERTIES[ $path_string ], null ) === null
) {
continue;
}
}
// Processes background styles.
if ( 'background' === $value_path[0] && isset( $styles['background'] ) ) {
$background_styles = wp_style_engine_get_styles( array( 'background' => $styles['background'] ) );
$value = isset( $background_styles['declarations'][ $css_property ] ) ? $background_styles['declarations'][ $css_property ] : $value;
}
// Skip if empty and not "0" or value represents array of longhand values.
$has_missing_value = empty( $value ) && ! is_numeric( $value );
if ( $has_missing_value || is_array( $value ) ) {
continue;
}
// Calculates fluid typography rules where available.
if ( 'font-size' === $css_property ) {
/*
* wp_get_typography_font_size_value() will check
* if fluid typography has been activated and also
* whether the incoming value can be converted to a fluid value.
* Values that already have a clamp() function will not pass the test,
* and therefore the original $value will be returned.
* Pass the current theme_json settings to override any global settings.
*/
$value = wp_get_typography_font_size_value( array( 'size' => $value ), $settings );
}
if ( 'aspect-ratio' === $css_property ) {
// For aspect ratio to work, other dimensions rules must be unset.
// This ensures that a fixed height does not override the aspect ratio.
$declarations[] = array(
'name' => 'min-height',
'value' => 'unset',
);
}
$declarations[] = array(
'name' => $css_property,
'value' => $value,
);
}
// If a variable value is added to the root, the corresponding property should be removed.
foreach ( $root_variable_duplicates as $duplicate ) {
$discard = array_search( $duplicate, array_column( $declarations, 'name' ), true );
if ( is_numeric( $discard ) ) {
array_splice( $declarations, $discard, 1 );
}
}
return $declarations;
}
/**
* Returns the style property for the given path.
*
* It also converts references to a path to the value
* stored at that location, e.g.
* { "ref": "style.color.background" } => "#fff".
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added support for values of array type, which are returned as is.
* @since 6.1.0 Added the `$theme_json` parameter.
* @since 6.3.0 It no longer converts the internal format "var:preset|color|secondary"
* to the standard form "--wp--preset--color--secondary".
* This is already done by the sanitize method,
* so every property will be in the standard form.
*
* @param array $styles Styles subtree.
* @param array $path Which property to process.
* @param array $theme_json Theme JSON array.
* @return string|array Style property value.
*/
protected static function get_property_value( $styles, $path, $theme_json = null ) {
$value = _wp_array_get( $styles, $path, '' );
if ( '' === $value || null === $value ) {
// No need to process the value further.
return '';
}
/*
* This converts references to a path to the value at that path
* where the values is an array with a "ref" key, pointing to a path.
* For example: { "ref": "style.color.background" } => "#fff".
*/
if ( is_array( $value ) && isset( $value['ref'] ) ) {
$value_path = explode( '.', $value['ref'] );
$ref_value = _wp_array_get( $theme_json, $value_path );
// Only use the ref value if we find anything.
if ( ! empty( $ref_value ) && is_string( $ref_value ) ) {
$value = $ref_value;
}
if ( is_array( $ref_value ) && isset( $ref_value['ref'] ) ) {
$path_string = json_encode( $path );
$ref_value_string = json_encode( $ref_value );
_doing_it_wrong(
'get_property_value',
sprintf(
/* translators: 1: theme.json, 2: Value name, 3: Value path, 4: Another value name. */
__( 'Your %1$s file uses a dynamic value (%2$s) for the path at %3$s. However, the value at %3$s is also a dynamic value (pointing to %4$s) and pointing to another dynamic value is not supported. Please update %3$s to point directly to %4$s.' ),
'theme.json',
$ref_value_string,
$path_string,
$ref_value['ref']
),
'6.1.0'
);
}
}
if ( is_array( $value ) ) {
return $value;
}
return $value;
}
/**
* Builds metadata for the setting nodes, which returns in the form of:
*
* [
* [
* 'path' => ['path', 'to', 'some', 'node' ],
* 'selector' => 'CSS selector for some node'
* ],
* [
* 'path' => [ 'path', 'to', 'other', 'node' ],
* 'selector' => 'CSS selector for other node'
* ],
* ]
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @param array $theme_json The tree to extract setting nodes from.
* @param array $selectors List of selectors per block.
* @return array An array of setting nodes metadata.
*/
protected static function get_setting_nodes( $theme_json, $selectors = array() ) {
$nodes = array();
if ( ! isset( $theme_json['settings'] ) ) {
return $nodes;
}
// Top-level.
$nodes[] = array(
'path' => array( 'settings' ),
'selector' => static::ROOT_CSS_PROPERTIES_SELECTOR,
);
// Calculate paths for blocks.
if ( ! isset( $theme_json['settings']['blocks'] ) ) {
return $nodes;
}
foreach ( $theme_json['settings']['blocks'] as $name => $node ) {
$selector = null;
if ( isset( $selectors[ $name ]['selector'] ) ) {
$selector = $selectors[ $name ]['selector'];
}
$nodes[] = array(
'path' => array( 'settings', 'blocks', $name ),
'selector' => $selector,
);
}
return $nodes;
}
/**
* Builds metadata for the style nodes, which returns in the form of:
*
* [
* [
* 'path' => [ 'path', 'to', 'some', 'node' ],
* 'selector' => 'CSS selector for some node',
* 'duotone' => 'CSS selector for duotone for some node'
* ],
* [
* 'path' => ['path', 'to', 'other', 'node' ],
* 'selector' => 'CSS selector for other node',
* 'duotone' => null
* ],
* ]
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 6.6.0 Added options array for modifying generated nodes.
*
* @param array $theme_json The tree to extract style nodes from.
* @param array $selectors List of selectors per block.
* @param array $options {
* Optional. An array of options for now used for internal purposes only (may change without notice).
*
* @type bool $include_block_style_variations Includes style nodes for block style variations. Default false.
* }
* @return array An array of style nodes metadata.
*/
protected static function get_style_nodes( $theme_json, $selectors = array(), $options = array() ) {
$nodes = array();
if ( ! isset( $theme_json['styles'] ) ) {
return $nodes;
}
// Top-level.
$nodes[] = array(
'path' => array( 'styles' ),
'selector' => static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR,
);
if ( isset( $theme_json['styles']['elements'] ) ) {
foreach ( self::ELEMENTS as $element => $selector ) {
if ( ! isset( $theme_json['styles']['elements'][ $element ] ) ) {
continue;
}
$nodes[] = array(
'path' => array( 'styles', 'elements', $element ),
'selector' => static::ELEMENTS[ $element ],
);
// Handle any pseudo selectors for the element.
if ( isset( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $element ] ) ) {
foreach ( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $element ] as $pseudo_selector ) {
if ( isset( $theme_json['styles']['elements'][ $element ][ $pseudo_selector ] ) ) {
$nodes[] = array(
'path' => array( 'styles', 'elements', $element ),
'selector' => static::append_to_selector( static::ELEMENTS[ $element ], $pseudo_selector ),
);
}
}
}
}
}
// Blocks.
if ( ! isset( $theme_json['styles']['blocks'] ) ) {
return $nodes;
}
$block_nodes = static::get_block_nodes( $theme_json, $selectors, $options );
foreach ( $block_nodes as $block_node ) {
$nodes[] = $block_node;
}
/**
* Filters the list of style nodes with metadata.
*
* This allows for things like loading block CSS independently.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param array $nodes Style nodes with metadata.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_theme_json_get_style_nodes', $nodes );
}
/**
* A public helper to get the block nodes from a theme.json file.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @return array The block nodes in theme.json.
*/
public function get_styles_block_nodes() {
return static::get_block_nodes( $this->theme_json );
}
/**
* Returns a filtered declarations array if there is a separator block with only a background
* style defined in theme.json by adding a color attribute to reflect the changes in the front.
*
* @since 6.1.1
*
* @param array $declarations List of declarations.
* @return array $declarations List of declarations filtered.
*/
private static function update_separator_declarations( $declarations ) {
$background_color = '';
$border_color_matches = false;
$text_color_matches = false;
foreach ( $declarations as $declaration ) {
if ( 'background-color' === $declaration['name'] && ! $background_color && isset( $declaration['value'] ) ) {
$background_color = $declaration['value'];
} elseif ( 'border-color' === $declaration['name'] ) {
$border_color_matches = true;
} elseif ( 'color' === $declaration['name'] ) {
$text_color_matches = true;
}
if ( $background_color && $border_color_matches && $text_color_matches ) {
break;
}
}
if ( $background_color && ! $border_color_matches && ! $text_color_matches ) {
$declarations[] = array(
'name' => 'color',
'value' => $background_color,
);
}
return $declarations;
}
/**
* An internal method to get the block nodes from a theme.json file.
*
* @since 6.1.0
* @since 6.3.0 Refactored and stabilized selectors API.
* @since 6.6.0 Added optional selectors and options for generating block nodes.
*
* @param array $theme_json The theme.json converted to an array.
* @param array $selectors Optional list of selectors per block.
* @param array $options {
* Optional. An array of options for now used for internal purposes only (may change without notice).
*
* @type bool $include_block_style_variations Includes nodes for block style variations. Default false.
* }
* @return array The block nodes in theme.json.
*/
private static function get_block_nodes( $theme_json, $selectors = array(), $options = array() ) {
$selectors = empty( $selectors ) ? static::get_blocks_metadata() : $selectors;
$nodes = array();
if ( ! isset( $theme_json['styles'] ) ) {
return $nodes;
}
// Blocks.
if ( ! isset( $theme_json['styles']['blocks'] ) ) {
return $nodes;
}
foreach ( $theme_json['styles']['blocks'] as $name => $node ) {
$selector = null;
if ( isset( $selectors[ $name ]['selector'] ) ) {
$selector = $selectors[ $name ]['selector'];
}
$duotone_selector = null;
if ( isset( $selectors[ $name ]['duotone'] ) ) {
$duotone_selector = $selectors[ $name ]['duotone'];
}
$feature_selectors = null;
if ( isset( $selectors[ $name ]['selectors'] ) ) {
$feature_selectors = $selectors[ $name ]['selectors'];
}
$variation_selectors = array();
$include_variations = $options['include_block_style_variations'] ?? false;
if ( $include_variations && isset( $node['variations'] ) ) {
foreach ( $node['variations'] as $variation => $node ) {
$variation_selectors[] = array(
'path' => array( 'styles', 'blocks', $name, 'variations', $variation ),
'selector' => $selectors[ $name ]['styleVariations'][ $variation ],
);
}
}
$nodes[] = array(
'name' => $name,
'path' => array( 'styles', 'blocks', $name ),
'selector' => $selector,
'selectors' => $feature_selectors,
'duotone' => $duotone_selector,
'features' => $feature_selectors,
'variations' => $variation_selectors,
);
if ( isset( $theme_json['styles']['blocks'][ $name ]['elements'] ) ) {
foreach ( $theme_json['styles']['blocks'][ $name ]['elements'] as $element => $node ) {
$nodes[] = array(
'path' => array( 'styles', 'blocks', $name, 'elements', $element ),
'selector' => $selectors[ $name ]['elements'][ $element ],
);
// Handle any pseudo selectors for the element.
if ( isset( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $element ] ) ) {
foreach ( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $element ] as $pseudo_selector ) {
if ( isset( $theme_json['styles']['blocks'][ $name ]['elements'][ $element ][ $pseudo_selector ] ) ) {
$nodes[] = array(
'path' => array( 'styles', 'blocks', $name, 'elements', $element ),
'selector' => static::append_to_selector( $selectors[ $name ]['elements'][ $element ], $pseudo_selector ),
);
}
}
}
}
}
}
return $nodes;
}
/**
* Gets the CSS rules for a particular block from theme.json.
*
* @since 6.1.0
* @since 6.6.0 Setting a min-height of HTML when root styles have a background gradient or image.
* Updated general global styles specificity to 0-1-0.
* Fixed custom CSS output in block style variations.
*
* @param array $block_metadata Metadata about the block to get styles for.
*
* @return string Styles for the block.
*/
public function get_styles_for_block( $block_metadata ) {
$node = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $block_metadata['path'], array() );
$use_root_padding = isset( $this->theme_json['settings']['useRootPaddingAwareAlignments'] ) && true === $this->theme_json['settings']['useRootPaddingAwareAlignments'];
$selector = $block_metadata['selector'];
$settings = isset( $this->theme_json['settings'] ) ? $this->theme_json['settings'] : array();
$feature_declarations = static::get_feature_declarations_for_node( $block_metadata, $node );
$is_root_selector = static::ROOT_BLOCK_SELECTOR === $selector;
// If there are style variations, generate the declarations for them, including any feature selectors the block may have.
$style_variation_declarations = array();
$style_variation_custom_css = array();
if ( ! empty( $block_metadata['variations'] ) ) {
foreach ( $block_metadata['variations'] as $style_variation ) {
$style_variation_node = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $style_variation['path'], array() );
$clean_style_variation_selector = trim( $style_variation['selector'] );
// Generate any feature/subfeature style declarations for the current style variation.
$variation_declarations = static::get_feature_declarations_for_node( $block_metadata, $style_variation_node );
// Combine selectors with style variation's selector and add to overall style variation declarations.
foreach ( $variation_declarations as $current_selector => $new_declarations ) {
// If current selector includes block classname, remove it but leave the whitespace in.
$shortened_selector = str_replace( $block_metadata['selector'] . ' ', ' ', $current_selector );
// Prepend the variation selector to the current selector.
$split_selectors = explode( ',', $shortened_selector );
$updated_selectors = array_map(
static function ( $split_selector ) use ( $clean_style_variation_selector ) {
return $clean_style_variation_selector . $split_selector;
},
$split_selectors
);
$combined_selectors = implode( ',', $updated_selectors );
// Add the new declarations to the overall results under the modified selector.
$style_variation_declarations[ $combined_selectors ] = $new_declarations;
}
// Compute declarations for remaining styles not covered by feature level selectors.
$style_variation_declarations[ $style_variation['selector'] ] = static::compute_style_properties( $style_variation_node, $settings, null, $this->theme_json );
// Store custom CSS for the style variation.
if ( isset( $style_variation_node['css'] ) ) {
$style_variation_custom_css[ $style_variation['selector'] ] = $this->process_blocks_custom_css( $style_variation_node['css'], $style_variation['selector'] );
}
}
}
/*
* Get a reference to element name from path.
* $block_metadata['path'] = array( 'styles','elements','link' );
* Make sure that $block_metadata['path'] describes an element node, like [ 'styles', 'element', 'link' ].
* Skip non-element paths like just ['styles'].
*/
$is_processing_element = in_array( 'elements', $block_metadata['path'], true );
$current_element = $is_processing_element ? $block_metadata['path'][ count( $block_metadata['path'] ) - 1 ] : null;
$element_pseudo_allowed = array();
if ( isset( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $current_element ] ) ) {
$element_pseudo_allowed = static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $current_element ];
}
/*
* Check for allowed pseudo classes (e.g. ":hover") from the $selector ("a:hover").
* This also resets the array keys.
*/
$pseudo_matches = array_values(
array_filter(
$element_pseudo_allowed,
static function ( $pseudo_selector ) use ( $selector ) {
return str_contains( $selector, $pseudo_selector );
}
)
);
$pseudo_selector = isset( $pseudo_matches[0] ) ? $pseudo_matches[0] : null;
/*
* If the current selector is a pseudo selector that's defined in the allow list for the current
* element then compute the style properties for it.
* Otherwise just compute the styles for the default selector as normal.
*/
if ( $pseudo_selector && isset( $node[ $pseudo_selector ] ) &&
isset( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $current_element ] )
&& in_array( $pseudo_selector, static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $current_element ], true )
) {
$declarations = static::compute_style_properties( $node[ $pseudo_selector ], $settings, null, $this->theme_json, $selector, $use_root_padding );
} else {
$declarations = static::compute_style_properties( $node, $settings, null, $this->theme_json, $selector, $use_root_padding );
}
$block_rules = '';
/*
* 1. Bespoke declaration modifiers:
* - 'filter': Separate the declarations that use the general selector
* from the ones using the duotone selector.
* - 'background|background-image': set the html min-height to 100%
* to ensure the background covers the entire viewport.
*/
$declarations_duotone = array();
$should_set_root_min_height = false;
foreach ( $declarations as $index => $declaration ) {
if ( 'filter' === $declaration['name'] ) {
/*
* 'unset' filters happen when a filter is unset
* in the site-editor UI. Because the 'unset' value
* in the user origin overrides the value in the
* theme origin, we can skip rendering anything
* here as no filter needs to be applied anymore.
* So only add declarations to with values other
* than 'unset'.
*/
if ( 'unset' !== $declaration['value'] ) {
$declarations_duotone[] = $declaration;
}
unset( $declarations[ $index ] );
}
if ( $is_root_selector && ( 'background-image' === $declaration['name'] || 'background' === $declaration['name'] ) ) {
$should_set_root_min_height = true;
}
}
/*
* If root styles has a background-image or a background (gradient) set,
* set the min-height to '100%'. Minus `--wp-admin--admin-bar--height` for logged-in view.
* Setting the CSS rule on the HTML tag ensures background gradients and images behave similarly,
* and matches the behavior of the site editor.
*/
if ( $should_set_root_min_height ) {
$block_rules .= static::to_ruleset(
'html',
array(
array(
'name' => 'min-height',
'value' => 'calc(100% - var(--wp-admin--admin-bar--height, 0px))',
),
)
);
}
// Update declarations if there are separators with only background color defined.
if ( '.wp-block-separator' === $selector ) {
$declarations = static::update_separator_declarations( $declarations );
}
/*
* Top-level element styles using element-only specificity selectors should
* not get wrapped in `:root :where()` to maintain backwards compatibility.
*
* Pseudo classes, e.g. :hover, :focus etc., are a class-level selector so
* still need to be wrapped in `:root :where` to cap specificity for nested
* variations etc. Pseudo selectors won't match the ELEMENTS selector exactly.
*/
$element_only_selector = $current_element &&
isset( static::ELEMENTS[ $current_element ] ) &&
// buttons, captions etc. still need `:root :where()` as they are class based selectors.
! isset( static::__EXPERIMENTAL_ELEMENT_CLASS_NAMES[ $current_element ] ) &&
static::ELEMENTS[ $current_element ] === $selector;
// 2. Generate and append the rules that use the general selector.
$general_selector = $element_only_selector ? $selector : ":root :where($selector)";
$block_rules .= static::to_ruleset( $general_selector, $declarations );
// 3. Generate and append the rules that use the duotone selector.
if ( isset( $block_metadata['duotone'] ) && ! empty( $declarations_duotone ) ) {
$block_rules .= static::to_ruleset( $block_metadata['duotone'], $declarations_duotone );
}
// 4. Generate Layout block gap styles.
if (
! $is_root_selector &&
! empty( $block_metadata['name'] )
) {
$block_rules .= $this->get_layout_styles( $block_metadata );
}
// 5. Generate and append the feature level rulesets.
foreach ( $feature_declarations as $feature_selector => $individual_feature_declarations ) {
$block_rules .= static::to_ruleset( ":root :where($feature_selector)", $individual_feature_declarations );
}
// 6. Generate and append the style variation rulesets.
foreach ( $style_variation_declarations as $style_variation_selector => $individual_style_variation_declarations ) {
$block_rules .= static::to_ruleset( ":root :where($style_variation_selector)", $individual_style_variation_declarations );
if ( isset( $style_variation_custom_css[ $style_variation_selector ] ) ) {
$block_rules .= $style_variation_custom_css[ $style_variation_selector ];
}
}
// 7. Generate and append any custom CSS rules pertaining to nested block style variations.
if ( isset( $node['css'] ) && ! $is_root_selector ) {
$block_rules .= $this->process_blocks_custom_css( $node['css'], $selector );
}
return $block_rules;
}
/**
* Outputs the CSS for layout rules on the root.
*
* @since 6.1.0
* @since 6.6.0 Use `ROOT_CSS_PROPERTIES_SELECTOR` for CSS custom properties and improved consistency of root padding rules.
* Updated specificity of body margin reset and first/last child selectors.
*
* @param string $selector The root node selector.
* @param array $block_metadata The metadata for the root block.
* @return string The additional root rules CSS.
*/
public function get_root_layout_rules( $selector, $block_metadata ) {
$css = '';
$settings = isset( $this->theme_json['settings'] ) ? $this->theme_json['settings'] : array();
$use_root_padding = isset( $this->theme_json['settings']['useRootPaddingAwareAlignments'] ) && true === $this->theme_json['settings']['useRootPaddingAwareAlignments'];
/*
* If there are content and wide widths in theme.json, output them
* as custom properties on the body element so all blocks can use them.
*/
if ( isset( $settings['layout']['contentSize'] ) || isset( $settings['layout']['wideSize'] ) ) {
$content_size = isset( $settings['layout']['contentSize'] ) ? $settings['layout']['contentSize'] : $settings['layout']['wideSize'];
$content_size = static::is_safe_css_declaration( 'max-width', $content_size ) ? $content_size : 'initial';
$wide_size = isset( $settings['layout']['wideSize'] ) ? $settings['layout']['wideSize'] : $settings['layout']['contentSize'];
$wide_size = static::is_safe_css_declaration( 'max-width', $wide_size ) ? $wide_size : 'initial';
$css .= static::ROOT_CSS_PROPERTIES_SELECTOR . ' { --wp--style--global--content-size: ' . $content_size . ';';
$css .= '--wp--style--global--wide-size: ' . $wide_size . '; }';
}
/*
* Reset default browser margin on the body element.
* This is set on the body selector **before** generating the ruleset
* from the `theme.json`. This is to ensure that if the `theme.json` declares
* `margin` in its `spacing` declaration for the `body` element then these
* user-generated values take precedence in the CSS cascade.
* @link https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/issues/36147.
*/
$css .= ':where(body) { margin: 0; }';
if ( $use_root_padding ) {
// Top and bottom padding are applied to the outer block container.
$css .= '.wp-site-blocks { padding-top: var(--wp--style--root--padding-top); padding-bottom: var(--wp--style--root--padding-bottom); }';
// Right and left padding are applied to the first container with `.has-global-padding` class.
$css .= '.has-global-padding { padding-right: var(--wp--style--root--padding-right); padding-left: var(--wp--style--root--padding-left); }';
// Alignfull children of the container with left and right padding have negative margins so they can still be full width.
$css .= '.has-global-padding > .alignfull { margin-right: calc(var(--wp--style--root--padding-right) * -1); margin-left: calc(var(--wp--style--root--padding-left) * -1); }';
// Nested children of the container with left and right padding that are not full aligned do not get padding, unless they are direct children of an alignfull flow container.
$css .= '.has-global-padding :where(:not(.alignfull.is-layout-flow) > .has-global-padding:not(.wp-block-block, .alignfull)) { padding-right: 0; padding-left: 0; }';
// Alignfull direct children of the containers that are targeted by the rule above do not need negative margins.
$css .= '.has-global-padding :where(:not(.alignfull.is-layout-flow) > .has-global-padding:not(.wp-block-block, .alignfull)) > .alignfull { margin-left: 0; margin-right: 0; }';
}
$css .= '.wp-site-blocks > .alignleft { float: left; margin-right: 2em; }';
$css .= '.wp-site-blocks > .alignright { float: right; margin-left: 2em; }';
$css .= '.wp-site-blocks > .aligncenter { justify-content: center; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; }';
// Block gap styles will be output unless explicitly set to `null`. See static::PROTECTED_PROPERTIES.
if ( isset( $this->theme_json['settings']['spacing']['blockGap'] ) ) {
$block_gap_value = static::get_property_value( $this->theme_json, array( 'styles', 'spacing', 'blockGap' ) );
$css .= ":where(.wp-site-blocks) > * { margin-block-start: $block_gap_value; margin-block-end: 0; }";
$css .= ':where(.wp-site-blocks) > :first-child { margin-block-start: 0; }';
$css .= ':where(.wp-site-blocks) > :last-child { margin-block-end: 0; }';
// For backwards compatibility, ensure the legacy block gap CSS variable is still available.
$css .= static::ROOT_CSS_PROPERTIES_SELECTOR . " { --wp--style--block-gap: $block_gap_value; }";
}
$css .= $this->get_layout_styles( $block_metadata );
return $css;
}
/**
* For metadata values that can either be booleans or paths to booleans, gets the value.
*
* $data = array(
* 'color' => array(
* 'defaultPalette' => true
* )
* );
*
* static::get_metadata_boolean( $data, false );
* // => false
*
* static::get_metadata_boolean( $data, array( 'color', 'defaultPalette' ) );
* // => true
*
* @since 6.0.0
*
* @param array $data The data to inspect.
* @param bool|array $path Boolean or path to a boolean.
* @param bool $default_value Default value if the referenced path is missing.
* Default false.
* @return bool Value of boolean metadata.
*/
protected static function get_metadata_boolean( $data, $path, $default_value = false ) {
if ( is_bool( $path ) ) {
return $path;
}
if ( is_array( $path ) ) {
$value = _wp_array_get( $data, $path );
if ( null !== $value ) {
return $value;
}
}
return $default_value;
}
/**
* Merges new incoming data.
*
* @since 5.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Duotone preset also has origins.
*
* @param WP_Theme_JSON $incoming Data to merge.
*/
public function merge( $incoming ) {
$incoming_data = $incoming->get_raw_data();
$this->theme_json = array_replace_recursive( $this->theme_json, $incoming_data );
/*
* Recompute all the spacing sizes based on the new hierarchy of data. In the constructor
* spacingScale and spacingSizes are both keyed by origin and VALID_ORIGINS is ordered, so
* we can allow partial spacingScale data to inherit missing data from earlier layers when
* computing the spacing sizes.
*
* This happens before the presets are merged to ensure that default spacing sizes can be
* removed from the theme origin if $prevent_override is true.
*/
$flattened_spacing_scale = array();
foreach ( static::VALID_ORIGINS as $origin ) {
$scale_path = array( 'settings', 'spacing', 'spacingScale', $origin );
// Apply the base spacing scale to the current layer.
$base_spacing_scale = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $scale_path, array() );
$flattened_spacing_scale = array_replace( $flattened_spacing_scale, $base_spacing_scale );
$spacing_scale = _wp_array_get( $incoming_data, $scale_path, null );
if ( ! isset( $spacing_scale ) ) {
continue;
}
// Allow partial scale settings by merging with lower layers.
$flattened_spacing_scale = array_replace( $flattened_spacing_scale, $spacing_scale );
// Generate and merge the scales for this layer.
$sizes_path = array( 'settings', 'spacing', 'spacingSizes', $origin );
$spacing_sizes = _wp_array_get( $incoming_data, $sizes_path, array() );
$spacing_scale_sizes = static::compute_spacing_sizes( $flattened_spacing_scale );
$merged_spacing_sizes = static::merge_spacing_sizes( $spacing_scale_sizes, $spacing_sizes );
_wp_array_set( $incoming_data, $sizes_path, $merged_spacing_sizes );
}
/*
* The array_replace_recursive algorithm merges at the leaf level,
* but we don't want leaf arrays to be merged, so we overwrite it.
*
* For leaf values that are sequential arrays it will use the numeric indexes for replacement.
* We rather replace the existing with the incoming value, if it exists.
* This is the case of spacing.units.
*
* For leaf values that are associative arrays it will merge them as expected.
* This is also not the behavior we want for the current associative arrays (presets).
* We rather replace the existing with the incoming value, if it exists.
* This happens, for example, when we merge data from theme.json upon existing
* theme supports or when we merge anything coming from the same source twice.
* This is the case of color.palette, color.gradients, color.duotone,
* typography.fontSizes, or typography.fontFamilies.
*
* Additionally, for some preset types, we also want to make sure the
* values they introduce don't conflict with default values. We do so
* by checking the incoming slugs for theme presets and compare them
* with the equivalent default presets: if a slug is present as a default
* we remove it from the theme presets.
*/
$nodes = static::get_setting_nodes( $incoming_data );
$slugs_global = static::get_default_slugs( $this->theme_json, array( 'settings' ) );
foreach ( $nodes as $node ) {
// Replace the spacing.units.
$path = $node['path'];
$path[] = 'spacing';
$path[] = 'units';
$content = _wp_array_get( $incoming_data, $path, null );
if ( isset( $content ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $this->theme_json, $path, $content );
}
// Replace the presets.
foreach ( static::PRESETS_METADATA as $preset_metadata ) {
$prevent_override = $preset_metadata['prevent_override'];
if ( is_array( $prevent_override ) ) {
$prevent_override = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json['settings'], $preset_metadata['prevent_override'] );
}
foreach ( static::VALID_ORIGINS as $origin ) {
$base_path = $node['path'];
foreach ( $preset_metadata['path'] as $leaf ) {
$base_path[] = $leaf;
}
$path = $base_path;
$path[] = $origin;
$content = _wp_array_get( $incoming_data, $path, null );
if ( ! isset( $content ) ) {
continue;
}
// Set names for theme presets based on the slug if they are not set and can use default names.
if ( 'theme' === $origin && $preset_metadata['use_default_names'] ) {
foreach ( $content as $key => $item ) {
if ( ! isset( $item['name'] ) ) {
$name = static::get_name_from_defaults( $item['slug'], $base_path );
if ( null !== $name ) {
$content[ $key ]['name'] = $name;
}
}
}
}
// Filter out default slugs from theme presets when defaults should not be overridden.
if ( 'theme' === $origin && $prevent_override ) {
$slugs_node = static::get_default_slugs( $this->theme_json, $node['path'] );
$preset_global = _wp_array_get( $slugs_global, $preset_metadata['path'], array() );
$preset_node = _wp_array_get( $slugs_node, $preset_metadata['path'], array() );
$preset_slugs = array_merge_recursive( $preset_global, $preset_node );
$content = static::filter_slugs( $content, $preset_slugs );
}
_wp_array_set( $this->theme_json, $path, $content );
}
}
}
}
/**
* Converts all filter (duotone) presets into SVGs.
*
* @since 5.9.1
*
* @param array $origins List of origins to process.
* @return string SVG filters.
*/
public function get_svg_filters( $origins ) {
$blocks_metadata = static::get_blocks_metadata();
$setting_nodes = static::get_setting_nodes( $this->theme_json, $blocks_metadata );
$filters = '';
foreach ( $setting_nodes as $metadata ) {
$node = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $metadata['path'], array() );
if ( empty( $node['color']['duotone'] ) ) {
continue;
}
$duotone_presets = $node['color']['duotone'];
foreach ( $origins as $origin ) {
if ( ! isset( $duotone_presets[ $origin ] ) ) {
continue;
}
foreach ( $duotone_presets[ $origin ] as $duotone_preset ) {
$filters .= wp_get_duotone_filter_svg( $duotone_preset );
}
}
}
return $filters;
}
/**
* Determines whether a presets should be overridden or not.
*
* @since 5.9.0
* @deprecated 6.0.0 Use {@see 'get_metadata_boolean'} instead.
*
* @param array $theme_json The theme.json like structure to inspect.
* @param array $path Path to inspect.
* @param bool|array $override Data to compute whether to override the preset.
* @return bool
*/
protected static function should_override_preset( $theme_json, $path, $override ) {
_deprecated_function( __METHOD__, '6.0.0', 'get_metadata_boolean' );
if ( is_bool( $override ) ) {
return $override;
}
/*
* The relationship between whether to override the defaults
* and whether the defaults are enabled is inverse:
*
* - If defaults are enabled => theme presets should not be overridden
* - If defaults are disabled => theme presets should be overridden
*
* For example, a theme sets defaultPalette to false,
* making the default palette hidden from the user.
* In that case, we want all the theme presets to be present,
* so they should override the defaults.
*/
if ( is_array( $override ) ) {
$value = _wp_array_get( $theme_json, array_merge( $path, $override ) );
if ( isset( $value ) ) {
return ! $value;
}
// Search the top-level key if none was found for this node.
$value = _wp_array_get( $theme_json, array_merge( array( 'settings' ), $override ) );
if ( isset( $value ) ) {
return ! $value;
}
return true;
}
}
/**
* Returns the default slugs for all the presets in an associative array
* whose keys are the preset paths and the leaves is the list of slugs.
*
* For example:
*
* array(
* 'color' => array(
* 'palette' => array( 'slug-1', 'slug-2' ),
* 'gradients' => array( 'slug-3', 'slug-4' ),
* ),
* )
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param array $data A theme.json like structure.
* @param array $node_path The path to inspect. It's 'settings' by default.
* @return array
*/
protected static function get_default_slugs( $data, $node_path ) {
$slugs = array();
foreach ( static::PRESETS_METADATA as $metadata ) {
$path = $node_path;
foreach ( $metadata['path'] as $leaf ) {
$path[] = $leaf;
}
$path[] = 'default';
$preset = _wp_array_get( $data, $path, null );
if ( ! isset( $preset ) ) {
continue;
}
$slugs_for_preset = array();
foreach ( $preset as $item ) {
if ( isset( $item['slug'] ) ) {
$slugs_for_preset[] = $item['slug'];
}
}
_wp_array_set( $slugs, $metadata['path'], $slugs_for_preset );
}
return $slugs;
}
/**
* Gets a `default`'s preset name by a provided slug.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param string $slug The slug we want to find a match from default presets.
* @param array $base_path The path to inspect. It's 'settings' by default.
* @return string|null
*/
protected function get_name_from_defaults( $slug, $base_path ) {
$path = $base_path;
$path[] = 'default';
$default_content = _wp_array_get( $this->theme_json, $path, null );
if ( ! $default_content ) {
return null;
}
foreach ( $default_content as $item ) {
if ( $slug === $item['slug'] ) {
return $item['name'];
}
}
return null;
}
/**
* Removes the preset values whose slug is equal to any of given slugs.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param array $node The node with the presets to validate.
* @param array $slugs The slugs that should not be overridden.
* @return array The new node.
*/
protected static function filter_slugs( $node, $slugs ) {
if ( empty( $slugs ) ) {
return $node;
}
$new_node = array();
foreach ( $node as $value ) {
if ( isset( $value['slug'] ) && ! in_array( $value['slug'], $slugs, true ) ) {
$new_node[] = $value;
}
}
return $new_node;
}
/**
* Removes insecure data from theme.json.
*
* @since 5.9.0
* @since 6.3.2 Preserves global styles block variations when securing styles.
* @since 6.6.0 Updated to allow variation element styles and $origin parameter.
*
* @param array $theme_json Structure to sanitize.
* @param string $origin Optional. What source of data this object represents.
* One of 'blocks', 'default', 'theme', or 'custom'. Default 'theme'.
* @return array Sanitized structure.
*/
public static function remove_insecure_properties( $theme_json, $origin = 'theme' ) {
if ( ! in_array( $origin, static::VALID_ORIGINS, true ) ) {
$origin = 'theme';
}
$sanitized = array();
$theme_json = WP_Theme_JSON_Schema::migrate( $theme_json, $origin );
$valid_block_names = array_keys( static::get_blocks_metadata() );
$valid_element_names = array_keys( static::ELEMENTS );
$valid_variations = static::get_valid_block_style_variations();
$theme_json = static::sanitize( $theme_json, $valid_block_names, $valid_element_names, $valid_variations );
$blocks_metadata = static::get_blocks_metadata();
$style_options = array( 'include_block_style_variations' => true ); // Allow variations data.
$style_nodes = static::get_style_nodes( $theme_json, $blocks_metadata, $style_options );
foreach ( $style_nodes as $metadata ) {
$input = _wp_array_get( $theme_json, $metadata['path'], array() );
if ( empty( $input ) ) {
continue;
}
// The global styles custom CSS is not sanitized, but can only be edited by users with 'edit_css' capability.
if ( isset( $input['css'] ) && current_user_can( 'edit_css' ) ) {
$output = $input;
} else {
$output = static::remove_insecure_styles( $input );
}
/*
* Get a reference to element name from path.
* $metadata['path'] = array( 'styles', 'elements', 'link' );
*/
$current_element = $metadata['path'][ count( $metadata['path'] ) - 1 ];
/*
* $output is stripped of pseudo selectors. Re-add and process them
* or insecure styles here.
*/
if ( isset( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $current_element ] ) ) {
foreach ( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $current_element ] as $pseudo_selector ) {
if ( isset( $input[ $pseudo_selector ] ) ) {
$output[ $pseudo_selector ] = static::remove_insecure_styles( $input[ $pseudo_selector ] );
}
}
}
if ( ! empty( $output ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $sanitized, $metadata['path'], $output );
}
if ( isset( $metadata['variations'] ) ) {
foreach ( $metadata['variations'] as $variation ) {
$variation_input = _wp_array_get( $theme_json, $variation['path'], array() );
if ( empty( $variation_input ) ) {
continue;
}
$variation_output = static::remove_insecure_styles( $variation_input );
// Process a variation's elements and element pseudo selector styles.
if ( isset( $variation_input['elements'] ) ) {
foreach ( $valid_element_names as $element_name ) {
$element_input = $variation_input['elements'][ $element_name ] ?? null;
if ( $element_input ) {
$element_output = static::remove_insecure_styles( $element_input );
if ( isset( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $element_name ] ) ) {
foreach ( static::VALID_ELEMENT_PSEUDO_SELECTORS[ $element_name ] as $pseudo_selector ) {
if ( isset( $element_input[ $pseudo_selector ] ) ) {
$element_output[ $pseudo_selector ] = static::remove_insecure_styles( $element_input[ $pseudo_selector ] );
}
}
}
if ( ! empty( $element_output ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $variation_output, array( 'elements', $element_name ), $element_output );
}
}
}
}
if ( ! empty( $variation_output ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $sanitized, $variation['path'], $variation_output );
}
}
}
}
$setting_nodes = static::get_setting_nodes( $theme_json );
foreach ( $setting_nodes as $metadata ) {
$input = _wp_array_get( $theme_json, $metadata['path'], array() );
if ( empty( $input ) ) {
continue;
}
$output = static::remove_insecure_settings( $input );
if ( ! empty( $output ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $sanitized, $metadata['path'], $output );
}
}
if ( empty( $sanitized['styles'] ) ) {
unset( $theme_json['styles'] );
} else {
$theme_json['styles'] = $sanitized['styles'];
}
if ( empty( $sanitized['settings'] ) ) {
unset( $theme_json['settings'] );
} else {
$theme_json['settings'] = $sanitized['settings'];
}
return $theme_json;
}
/**
* Processes a setting node and returns the same node
* without the insecure settings.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param array $input Node to process.
* @return array
*/
protected static function remove_insecure_settings( $input ) {
$output = array();
foreach ( static::PRESETS_METADATA as $preset_metadata ) {
foreach ( static::VALID_ORIGINS as $origin ) {
$path_with_origin = $preset_metadata['path'];
$path_with_origin[] = $origin;
$presets = _wp_array_get( $input, $path_with_origin, null );
if ( null === $presets ) {
continue;
}
$escaped_preset = array();
foreach ( $presets as $preset ) {
if (
esc_attr( esc_html( $preset['name'] ) ) === $preset['name'] &&
sanitize_html_class( $preset['slug'] ) === $preset['slug']
) {
$value = null;
if ( isset( $preset_metadata['value_key'], $preset[ $preset_metadata['value_key'] ] ) ) {
$value = $preset[ $preset_metadata['value_key'] ];
} elseif (
isset( $preset_metadata['value_func'] ) &&
is_callable( $preset_metadata['value_func'] )
) {
$value = call_user_func( $preset_metadata['value_func'], $preset );
}
$preset_is_valid = true;
foreach ( $preset_metadata['properties'] as $property ) {
if ( ! static::is_safe_css_declaration( $property, $value ) ) {
$preset_is_valid = false;
break;
}
}
if ( $preset_is_valid ) {
$escaped_preset[] = $preset;
}
}
}
if ( ! empty( $escaped_preset ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $output, $path_with_origin, $escaped_preset );
}
}
}
// Ensure indirect properties not included in any `PRESETS_METADATA` value are allowed.
static::remove_indirect_properties( $input, $output );
return $output;
}
/**
* Processes a style node and returns the same node
* without the insecure styles.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param array $input Node to process.
* @return array
*/
protected static function remove_insecure_styles( $input ) {
$output = array();
$declarations = static::compute_style_properties( $input );
foreach ( $declarations as $declaration ) {
if ( static::is_safe_css_declaration( $declaration['name'], $declaration['value'] ) ) {
$path = static::PROPERTIES_METADATA[ $declaration['name'] ];
/*
* Check the value isn't an array before adding so as to not
* double up shorthand and longhand styles.
*/
$value = _wp_array_get( $input, $path, array() );
if ( ! is_array( $value ) ) {
_wp_array_set( $output, $path, $value );
}
}
}
// Ensure indirect properties not handled by `compute_style_properties` are allowed.
static::remove_indirect_properties( $input, $output );
return $output;
}
/**
* Checks that a declaration provided by the user is safe.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param string $property_name Property name in a CSS declaration, i.e. the `color` in `color: red`.
* @param string $property_value Value in a CSS declaration, i.e. the `red` in `color: red`.
* @return bool
*/
protected static function is_safe_css_declaration( $property_name, $property_value ) {
$style_to_validate = $property_name . ': ' . $property_value;
$filtered = esc_html( safecss_filter_attr( $style_to_validate ) );
return ! empty( trim( $filtered ) );
}
/**
* Removes indirect properties from the given input node and
* sets in the given output node.
*
* @since 6.2.0
*
* @param array $input Node to process.
* @param array $output The processed node. Passed by reference.
*/
private static function remove_indirect_properties( $input, &$output ) {
foreach ( static::INDIRECT_PROPERTIES_METADATA as $property => $paths ) {
foreach ( $paths as $path ) {
$value = _wp_array_get( $input, $path );
if (
is_string( $value ) &&
static::is_safe_css_declaration( $property, $value )
) {
_wp_array_set( $output, $path, $value );
}
}
}
}
/**
* Returns the raw data.
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @return array Raw data.
*/
public function get_raw_data() {
return $this->theme_json;
}
/**
* Transforms the given editor settings according the
* add_theme_support format to the theme.json format.
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @param array $settings Existing editor settings.
* @return array Config that adheres to the theme.json schema.
*/
public static function get_from_editor_settings( $settings ) {
$theme_settings = array(
'version' => static::LATEST_SCHEMA,
'settings' => array(),
);
// Deprecated theme supports.
if ( isset( $settings['disableCustomColors'] ) ) {
$theme_settings['settings']['color']['custom'] = ! $settings['disableCustomColors'];
}
if ( isset( $settings['disableCustomGradients'] ) ) {
$theme_settings['settings']['color']['customGradient'] = ! $settings['disableCustomGradients'];
}
if ( isset( $settings['disableCustomFontSizes'] ) ) {
$theme_settings['settings']['typography']['customFontSize'] = ! $settings['disableCustomFontSizes'];
}
if ( isset( $settings['enableCustomLineHeight'] ) ) {
$theme_settings['settings']['typography']['lineHeight'] = $settings['enableCustomLineHeight'];
}
if ( isset( $settings['enableCustomUnits'] ) ) {
$theme_settings['settings']['spacing']['units'] = ( true === $settings['enableCustomUnits'] ) ?
array( 'px', 'em', 'rem', 'vh', 'vw', '%' ) :
$settings['enableCustomUnits'];
}
if ( isset( $settings['colors'] ) ) {
$theme_settings['settings']['color']['palette'] = $settings['colors'];
}
if ( isset( $settings['gradients'] ) ) {
$theme_settings['settings']['color']['gradients'] = $settings['gradients'];
}
if ( isset( $settings['fontSizes'] ) ) {
$font_sizes = $settings['fontSizes'];
// Back-compatibility for presets without units.
foreach ( $font_sizes as $key => $font_size ) {
if ( is_numeric( $font_size['size'] ) ) {
$font_sizes[ $key ]['size'] = $font_size['size'] . 'px';
}
}
$theme_settings['settings']['typography']['fontSizes'] = $font_sizes;
}
if ( isset( $settings['enableCustomSpacing'] ) ) {
$theme_settings['settings']['spacing']['padding'] = $settings['enableCustomSpacing'];
}
if ( isset( $settings['spacingSizes'] ) ) {
$theme_settings['settings']['spacing']['spacingSizes'] = $settings['spacingSizes'];
}
return $theme_settings;
}
/**
* Returns the current theme's wanted patterns(slugs) to be
* registered from Pattern Directory.
*
* @since 6.0.0
*
* @return string[]
*/
public function get_patterns() {
if ( isset( $this->theme_json['patterns'] ) && is_array( $this->theme_json['patterns'] ) ) {
return $this->theme_json['patterns'];
}
return array();
}
/**
* Returns a valid theme.json as provided by a theme.
*
* Unlike get_raw_data() this returns the presets flattened, as provided by a theme.
* This also uses appearanceTools instead of their opt-ins if all of them are true.
*
* @since 6.0.0
*
* @return array
*/
public function get_data() {
$output = $this->theme_json;
$nodes = static::get_setting_nodes( $output );
/**
* Flatten the theme & custom origins into a single one.
*
* For example, the following:
*
* {
* "settings": {
* "color": {
* "palette": {
* "theme": [ {} ],
* "custom": [ {} ]
* }
* }
* }
* }
*
* will be converted to:
*
* {
* "settings": {
* "color": {
* "palette": [ {} ]
* }
* }
* }
*/
foreach ( $nodes as $node ) {
foreach ( static::PRESETS_METADATA as $preset_metadata ) {
$path = $node['path'];
foreach ( $preset_metadata['path'] as $preset_metadata_path ) {
$path[] = $preset_metadata_path;
}
$preset = _wp_array_get( $output, $path, null );
if ( null === $preset ) {
continue;
}
$items = array();
if ( isset( $preset['theme'] ) ) {
foreach ( $preset['theme'] as $item ) {
$slug = $item['slug'];
unset( $item['slug'] );
$items[ $slug ] = $item;
}
}
if ( isset( $preset['custom'] ) ) {
foreach ( $preset['custom'] as $item ) {
$slug = $item['slug'];
unset( $item['slug'] );
$items[ $slug ] = $item;
}
}
$flattened_preset = array();
foreach ( $items as $slug => $value ) {
$flattened_preset[] = array_merge( array( 'slug' => (string) $slug ), $value );
}
_wp_array_set( $output, $path, $flattened_preset );
}
}
/*
* If all of the static::APPEARANCE_TOOLS_OPT_INS are true,
* this code unsets them and sets 'appearanceTools' instead.
*/
foreach ( $nodes as $node ) {
$all_opt_ins_are_set = true;
foreach ( static::APPEARANCE_TOOLS_OPT_INS as $opt_in_path ) {
$full_path = $node['path'];
foreach ( $opt_in_path as $opt_in_path_item ) {
$full_path[] = $opt_in_path_item;
}
/*
* Use "unset prop" as a marker instead of "null" because
* "null" can be a valid value for some props (e.g. blockGap).
*/
$opt_in_value = _wp_array_get( $output, $full_path, 'unset prop' );
if ( 'unset prop' === $opt_in_value ) {
$all_opt_ins_are_set = false;
break;
}
}
if ( $all_opt_ins_are_set ) {
$node_path_with_appearance_tools = $node['path'];
$node_path_with_appearance_tools[] = 'appearanceTools';
_wp_array_set( $output, $node_path_with_appearance_tools, true );
foreach ( static::APPEARANCE_TOOLS_OPT_INS as $opt_in_path ) {
$full_path = $node['path'];
foreach ( $opt_in_path as $opt_in_path_item ) {
$full_path[] = $opt_in_path_item;
}
/*
* Use "unset prop" as a marker instead of "null" because
* "null" can be a valid value for some props (e.g. blockGap).
*/
$opt_in_value = _wp_array_get( $output, $full_path, 'unset prop' );
if ( true !== $opt_in_value ) {
continue;
}
/*
* The following could be improved to be path independent.
* At the moment it relies on a couple of assumptions:
*
* - all opt-ins having a path of size 2.
* - there's two sources of settings: the top-level and the block-level.
*/
if (
( 1 === count( $node['path'] ) ) &&
( 'settings' === $node['path'][0] )
) {
// Top-level settings.
unset( $output['settings'][ $opt_in_path[0] ][ $opt_in_path[1] ] );
if ( empty( $output['settings'][ $opt_in_path[0] ] ) ) {
unset( $output['settings'][ $opt_in_path[0] ] );
}
} elseif (
( 3 === count( $node['path'] ) ) &&
( 'settings' === $node['path'][0] ) &&
( 'blocks' === $node['path'][1] )
) {
// Block-level settings.
$block_name = $node['path'][2];
unset( $output['settings']['blocks'][ $block_name ][ $opt_in_path[0] ][ $opt_in_path[1] ] );
if ( empty( $output['settings']['blocks'][ $block_name ][ $opt_in_path[0] ] ) ) {
unset( $output['settings']['blocks'][ $block_name ][ $opt_in_path[0] ] );
}
}
}
}
}
wp_recursive_ksort( $output );
return $output;
}
/**
* Sets the spacingSizes array based on the spacingScale values from theme.json.
*
* @since 6.1.0
* @deprecated 6.6.0 No longer used as the spacingSizes are automatically
* generated in the constructor and merge methods instead
* of manually after instantiation.
*
* @return null|void
*/
public function set_spacing_sizes() {
_deprecated_function( __METHOD__, '6.6.0' );
$spacing_scale = isset( $this->theme_json['settings']['spacing']['spacingScale'] )
? $this->theme_json['settings']['spacing']['spacingScale']
: array();
if ( ! isset( $spacing_scale['steps'] )
|| ! is_numeric( $spacing_scale['steps'] )
|| ! isset( $spacing_scale['mediumStep'] )
|| ! isset( $spacing_scale['unit'] )
|| ! isset( $spacing_scale['operator'] )
|| ! isset( $spacing_scale['increment'] )
|| ! isset( $spacing_scale['steps'] )
|| ! is_numeric( $spacing_scale['increment'] )
|| ! is_numeric( $spacing_scale['mediumStep'] )
|| ( '+' !== $spacing_scale['operator'] && '*' !== $spacing_scale['operator'] ) ) {
if ( ! empty( $spacing_scale ) ) {
wp_trigger_error(
__METHOD__,
sprintf(
/* translators: 1: theme.json, 2: settings.spacing.spacingScale */
__( 'Some of the %1$s %2$s values are invalid' ),
'theme.json',
'settings.spacing.spacingScale'
),
E_USER_NOTICE
);
}
return null;
}
// If theme authors want to prevent the generation of the core spacing scale they can set their theme.json spacingScale.steps to 0.
if ( 0 === $spacing_scale['steps'] ) {
return null;
}
$spacing_sizes = static::compute_spacing_sizes( $spacing_scale );
// If there are 7 or fewer steps in the scale revert to numbers for labels instead of t-shirt sizes.
if ( $spacing_scale['steps'] <= 7 ) {
for ( $spacing_sizes_count = 0; $spacing_sizes_count < count( $spacing_sizes ); $spacing_sizes_count++ ) {
$spacing_sizes[ $spacing_sizes_count ]['name'] = (string) ( $spacing_sizes_count + 1 );
}
}
_wp_array_set( $this->theme_json, array( 'settings', 'spacing', 'spacingSizes', 'default' ), $spacing_sizes );
}
/**
* Merges two sets of spacing size presets.
*
* @since 6.6.0
*
* @param array $base The base set of spacing sizes.
* @param array $incoming The set of spacing sizes to merge with the base. Duplicate slugs will override the base values.
* @return array The merged set of spacing sizes.
*/
private static function merge_spacing_sizes( $base, $incoming ) {
// Preserve the order if there are no base (spacingScale) values.
if ( empty( $base ) ) {
return $incoming;
}
$merged = array();
foreach ( $base as $item ) {
$merged[ $item['slug'] ] = $item;
}
foreach ( $incoming as $item ) {
$merged[ $item['slug'] ] = $item;
}
ksort( $merged, SORT_NUMERIC );
return array_values( $merged );
}
/**
* Generates a set of spacing sizes by starting with a medium size and
* applying an operator with an increment value to generate the rest of the
* sizes outward from the medium size. The medium slug is '50' with the rest
* of the slugs being 10 apart. The generated names use t-shirt sizing.
*
* Example:
*
* $spacing_scale = array(
* 'steps' => 4,
* 'mediumStep' => 16,
* 'unit' => 'px',
* 'operator' => '+',
* 'increment' => 2,
* );
* $spacing_sizes = static::compute_spacing_sizes( $spacing_scale );
* // -> array(
* // array( 'name' => 'Small', 'slug' => '40', 'size' => '14px' ),
* // array( 'name' => 'Medium', 'slug' => '50', 'size' => '16px' ),
* // array( 'name' => 'Large', 'slug' => '60', 'size' => '18px' ),
* // array( 'name' => 'X-Large', 'slug' => '70', 'size' => '20px' ),
* // )
*
* @since 6.6.0
*
* @param array $spacing_scale {
* The spacing scale values. All are required.
*
* @type int $steps The number of steps in the scale. (up to 10 steps are supported.)
* @type float $mediumStep The middle value that gets the slug '50'. (For even number of steps, this becomes the first middle value.)
* @type string $unit The CSS unit to use for the sizes.
* @type string $operator The mathematical operator to apply to generate the other sizes. Either '+' or '*'.
* @type float $increment The value used with the operator to generate the other sizes.
* }
* @return array The spacing sizes presets or an empty array if some spacing scale values are missing or invalid.
*/
private static function compute_spacing_sizes( $spacing_scale ) {
/*
* This condition is intentionally missing some checks on ranges for the values in order to
* keep backwards compatibility with the previous implementation.
*/
if (
! isset( $spacing_scale['steps'] ) ||
! is_numeric( $spacing_scale['steps'] ) ||
0 === $spacing_scale['steps'] ||
! isset( $spacing_scale['mediumStep'] ) ||
! is_numeric( $spacing_scale['mediumStep'] ) ||
! isset( $spacing_scale['unit'] ) ||
! isset( $spacing_scale['operator'] ) ||
( '+' !== $spacing_scale['operator'] && '*' !== $spacing_scale['operator'] ) ||
! isset( $spacing_scale['increment'] ) ||
! is_numeric( $spacing_scale['increment'] )
) {
return array();
}
$unit = '%' === $spacing_scale['unit'] ? '%' : sanitize_title( $spacing_scale['unit'] );
$current_step = $spacing_scale['mediumStep'];
$steps_mid_point = round( $spacing_scale['steps'] / 2, 0 );
$x_small_count = null;
$below_sizes = array();
$slug = 40;
$remainder = 0;
for ( $below_midpoint_count = $steps_mid_point - 1; $spacing_scale['steps'] > 1 && $slug > 0 && $below_midpoint_count > 0; $below_midpoint_count-- ) {
if ( '+' === $spacing_scale['operator'] ) {
$current_step -= $spacing_scale['increment'];
} elseif ( $spacing_scale['increment'] > 1 ) {
$current_step /= $spacing_scale['increment'];
} else {
$current_step *= $spacing_scale['increment'];
}
if ( $current_step <= 0 ) {
$remainder = $below_midpoint_count;
break;
}
$below_sizes[] = array(
/* translators: %s: Digit to indicate multiple of sizing, eg. 2X-Small. */
'name' => $below_midpoint_count === $steps_mid_point - 1 ? __( 'Small' ) : sprintf( __( '%sX-Small' ), (string) $x_small_count ),
'slug' => (string) $slug,
'size' => round( $current_step, 2 ) . $unit,
);
if ( $below_midpoint_count === $steps_mid_point - 2 ) {
$x_small_count = 2;
}
if ( $below_midpoint_count < $steps_mid_point - 2 ) {
++$x_small_count;
}
$slug -= 10;
}
$below_sizes = array_reverse( $below_sizes );
$below_sizes[] = array(
'name' => __( 'Medium' ),
'slug' => '50',
'size' => $spacing_scale['mediumStep'] . $unit,
);
$current_step = $spacing_scale['mediumStep'];
$x_large_count = null;
$above_sizes = array();
$slug = 60;
$steps_above = ( $spacing_scale['steps'] - $steps_mid_point ) + $remainder;
for ( $above_midpoint_count = 0; $above_midpoint_count < $steps_above; $above_midpoint_count++ ) {
$current_step = '+' === $spacing_scale['operator']
? $current_step + $spacing_scale['increment']
: ( $spacing_scale['increment'] >= 1 ? $current_step * $spacing_scale['increment'] : $current_step / $spacing_scale['increment'] );
$above_sizes[] = array(
/* translators: %s: Digit to indicate multiple of sizing, eg. 2X-Large. */
'name' => 0 === $above_midpoint_count ? __( 'Large' ) : sprintf( __( '%sX-Large' ), (string) $x_large_count ),
'slug' => (string) $slug,
'size' => round( $current_step, 2 ) . $unit,
);
if ( 1 === $above_midpoint_count ) {
$x_large_count = 2;
}
if ( $above_midpoint_count > 1 ) {
++$x_large_count;
}
$slug += 10;
}
$spacing_sizes = $below_sizes;
foreach ( $above_sizes as $above_sizes_item ) {
$spacing_sizes[] = $above_sizes_item;
}
return $spacing_sizes;
}
/**
* This is used to convert the internal representation of variables to the CSS representation.
* For example, `var:preset|color|vivid-green-cyan` becomes `var(--wp--preset--color--vivid-green-cyan)`.
*
* @since 6.3.0
* @param string $value The variable such as var:preset|color|vivid-green-cyan to convert.
* @return string The converted variable.
*/
private static function convert_custom_properties( $value ) {
$prefix = 'var:';
$prefix_len = strlen( $prefix );
$token_in = '|';
$token_out = '--';
if ( str_starts_with( $value, $prefix ) ) {
$unwrapped_name = str_replace(
$token_in,
$token_out,
substr( $value, $prefix_len )
);
$value = "var(--wp--$unwrapped_name)";
}
return $value;
}
/**
* Given a tree, converts the internal representation of variables to the CSS representation.
* It is recursive and modifies the input in-place.
*
* @since 6.3.0
* @param array $tree Input to process.
* @return array The modified $tree.
*/
private static function resolve_custom_css_format( $tree ) {
$prefix = 'var:';
foreach ( $tree as $key => $data ) {
if ( is_string( $data ) && str_starts_with( $data, $prefix ) ) {
$tree[ $key ] = self::convert_custom_properties( $data );
} elseif ( is_array( $data ) ) {
$tree[ $key ] = self::resolve_custom_css_format( $data );
}
}
return $tree;
}
/**
* Returns the selectors metadata for a block.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param object $block_type The block type.
* @param string $root_selector The block's root selector.
*
* @return array The custom selectors set by the block.
*/
protected static function get_block_selectors( $block_type, $root_selector ) {
if ( ! empty( $block_type->selectors ) ) {
return $block_type->selectors;
}
$selectors = array( 'root' => $root_selector );
foreach ( static::BLOCK_SUPPORT_FEATURE_LEVEL_SELECTORS as $key => $feature ) {
$feature_selector = wp_get_block_css_selector( $block_type, $key );
if ( null !== $feature_selector ) {
$selectors[ $feature ] = array( 'root' => $feature_selector );
}
}
return $selectors;
}
/**
* Generates all the element selectors for a block.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param string $root_selector The block's root CSS selector.
* @return array The block's element selectors.
*/
protected static function get_block_element_selectors( $root_selector ) {
/*
* Assign defaults, then override those that the block sets by itself.
* If the block selector is compounded, will append the element to each
* individual block selector.
*/
$block_selectors = explode( ',', $root_selector );
$element_selectors = array();
foreach ( static::ELEMENTS as $el_name => $el_selector ) {
$element_selector = array();
foreach ( $block_selectors as $selector ) {
if ( $selector === $el_selector ) {
$element_selector = array( $el_selector );
break;
}
$element_selector[] = static::prepend_to_selector( $el_selector, $selector . ' ' );
}
$element_selectors[ $el_name ] = implode( ',', $element_selector );
}
return $element_selectors;
}
/**
* Generates style declarations for a node's features e.g., color, border,
* typography etc. that have custom selectors in their related block's
* metadata.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param object $metadata The related block metadata containing selectors.
* @param object $node A merged theme.json node for block or variation.
*
* @return array The style declarations for the node's features with custom
* selectors.
*/
protected function get_feature_declarations_for_node( $metadata, &$node ) {
$declarations = array();
if ( ! isset( $metadata['selectors'] ) ) {
return $declarations;
}
$settings = isset( $this->theme_json['settings'] )
? $this->theme_json['settings']
: array();
foreach ( $metadata['selectors'] as $feature => $feature_selectors ) {
/*
* Skip if this is the block's root selector or the block doesn't
* have any styles for the feature.
*/
if ( 'root' === $feature || empty( $node[ $feature ] ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( is_array( $feature_selectors ) ) {
foreach ( $feature_selectors as $subfeature => $subfeature_selector ) {
if ( 'root' === $subfeature || empty( $node[ $feature ][ $subfeature ] ) ) {
continue;
}
/*
* Create temporary node containing only the subfeature data
* to leverage existing `compute_style_properties` function.
*/
$subfeature_node = array(
$feature => array(
$subfeature => $node[ $feature ][ $subfeature ],
),
);
// Generate style declarations.
$new_declarations = static::compute_style_properties( $subfeature_node, $settings, null, $this->theme_json );
// Merge subfeature declarations into feature declarations.
if ( isset( $declarations[ $subfeature_selector ] ) ) {
foreach ( $new_declarations as $new_declaration ) {
$declarations[ $subfeature_selector ][] = $new_declaration;
}
} else {
$declarations[ $subfeature_selector ] = $new_declarations;
}
/*
* Remove the subfeature from the block's node now its
* styles will be included under its own selector not the
* block's.
*/
unset( $node[ $feature ][ $subfeature ] );
}
}
/*
* Now subfeatures have been processed and removed we can process
* feature root selector or simple string selector.
*/
if (
is_string( $feature_selectors ) ||
( isset( $feature_selectors['root'] ) && $feature_selectors['root'] )
) {
$feature_selector = is_string( $feature_selectors ) ? $feature_selectors : $feature_selectors['root'];
/*
* Create temporary node containing only the feature data
* to leverage existing `compute_style_properties` function.
*/
$feature_node = array( $feature => $node[ $feature ] );
// Generate the style declarations.
$new_declarations = static::compute_style_properties( $feature_node, $settings, null, $this->theme_json );
/*
* Merge new declarations with any that already exist for
* the feature selector. This may occur when multiple block
* support features use the same custom selector.
*/
if ( isset( $declarations[ $feature_selector ] ) ) {
foreach ( $new_declarations as $new_declaration ) {
$declarations[ $feature_selector ][] = $new_declaration;
}
} else {
$declarations[ $feature_selector ] = $new_declarations;
}
/*
* Remove the feature from the block's node now its styles
* will be included under its own selector not the block's.
*/
unset( $node[ $feature ] );
}
}
return $declarations;
}
/**
* Replaces CSS variables with their values in place.
*
* @since 6.3.0
* @since 6.5.0 Check for empty style before processing its value.
*
* @param array $styles CSS declarations to convert.
* @param array $values key => value pairs to use for replacement.
* @return array
*/
private static function convert_variables_to_value( $styles, $values ) {
foreach ( $styles as $key => $style ) {
if ( empty( $style ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( is_array( $style ) ) {
$styles[ $key ] = self::convert_variables_to_value( $style, $values );
continue;
}
if ( 0 <= strpos( $style, 'var(' ) ) {
// find all the variables in the string in the form of var(--variable-name, fallback), with fallback in the second capture group.
$has_matches = preg_match_all( '/var\(([^),]+)?,?\s?(\S+)?\)/', $style, $var_parts );
if ( $has_matches ) {
$resolved_style = $styles[ $key ];
foreach ( $var_parts[1] as $index => $var_part ) {
$key_in_values = 'var(' . $var_part . ')';
$rule_to_replace = $var_parts[0][ $index ]; // the css rule to replace e.g. var(--wp--preset--color--vivid-green-cyan).
$fallback = $var_parts[2][ $index ]; // the fallback value.
$resolved_style = str_replace(
array(
$rule_to_replace,
$fallback,
),
array(
isset( $values[ $key_in_values ] ) ? $values[ $key_in_values ] : $rule_to_replace,
isset( $values[ $fallback ] ) ? $values[ $fallback ] : $fallback,
),
$resolved_style
);
}
$styles[ $key ] = $resolved_style;
}
}
}
return $styles;
}
/**
* Resolves the values of CSS variables in the given styles.
*
* @since 6.3.0
* @param WP_Theme_JSON $theme_json The theme json resolver.
*
* @return WP_Theme_JSON The $theme_json with resolved variables.
*/
public static function resolve_variables( $theme_json ) {
$settings = $theme_json->get_settings();
$styles = $theme_json->get_raw_data()['styles'];
$preset_vars = static::compute_preset_vars( $settings, static::VALID_ORIGINS );
$theme_vars = static::compute_theme_vars( $settings );
$vars = array_reduce(
array_merge( $preset_vars, $theme_vars ),
function ( $carry, $item ) {
$name = $item['name'];
$carry[ "var({$name})" ] = $item['value'];
return $carry;
},
array()
);
$theme_json->theme_json['styles'] = self::convert_variables_to_value( $styles, $vars );
return $theme_json;
}
/**
* Generates a selector for a block style variation.
*
* @since 6.5.0
*
* @param string $variation_name Name of the block style variation.
* @param string $block_selector CSS selector for the block.
* @return string Block selector with block style variation selector added to it.
*/
protected static function get_block_style_variation_selector( $variation_name, $block_selector ) {
$variation_class = ".is-style-$variation_name";
if ( ! $block_selector ) {
return $variation_class;
}
$limit = 1;
$selector_parts = explode( ',', $block_selector );
$result = array();
foreach ( $selector_parts as $part ) {
$result[] = preg_replace_callback(
'/((?::\([^)]+\))?\s*)([^\s:]+)/',
function ( $matches ) use ( $variation_class ) {
return $matches[1] . $matches[2] . $variation_class;
},
$part,
$limit
);
}
return implode( ',', $result );
}
/**
* Collects valid block style variations keyed by block type.
*
* @since 6.6.0
*
* @return array Valid block style variations by block type.
*/
protected static function get_valid_block_style_variations() {
$valid_variations = array();
foreach ( self::get_blocks_metadata() as $block_name => $block_meta ) {
if ( ! isset( $block_meta['styleVariations'] ) ) {
continue;
}
$valid_variations[ $block_name ] = array_keys( $block_meta['styleVariations'] );
}
return $valid_variations;
}
}
' => 'edit_theme_options',
'create_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_published_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_published_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_others_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_others_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
),
'map_meta_cap' => true,
'supports' => array(
'title',
'editor',
'revisions',
),
)
);
// Disable autosave endpoints for global styles.
remove_post_type_support( 'wp_global_styles', 'autosave' );
$navigation_post_edit_link = 'site-editor.php?' . build_query(
array(
'postId' => '%s',
'postType' => 'wp_navigation',
'canvas' => 'edit',
)
);
register_post_type(
'wp_navigation',
array(
'labels' => array(
'name' => _x( 'Navigation Menus', 'post type general name' ),
'singular_name' => _x( 'Navigation Menu', 'post type singular name' ),
'add_new' => __( 'Add New Navigation Menu' ),
'add_new_item' => __( 'Add New Navigation Menu' ),
'new_item' => __( 'New Navigation Menu' ),
'edit_item' => __( 'Edit Navigation Menu' ),
'view_item' => __( 'View Navigation Menu' ),
'all_items' => __( 'Navigation Menus' ),
'search_items' => __( 'Search Navigation Menus' ),
'parent_item_colon' => __( 'Parent Navigation Menu:' ),
'not_found' => __( 'No Navigation Menu found.' ),
'not_found_in_trash' => __( 'No Navigation Menu found in Trash.' ),
'archives' => __( 'Navigation Menu archives' ),
'insert_into_item' => __( 'Insert into Navigation Menu' ),
'uploaded_to_this_item' => __( 'Uploaded to this Navigation Menu' ),
'filter_items_list' => __( 'Filter Navigation Menu list' ),
'items_list_navigation' => __( 'Navigation Menus list navigation' ),
'items_list' => __( 'Navigation Menus list' ),
),
'description' => __( 'Navigation menus that can be inserted into your site.' ),
'public' => false,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. don't use this when registering your own post type. */
'_edit_link' => $navigation_post_edit_link, /* internal use only. don't use this when registering your own post type. */
'has_archive' => false,
'show_ui' => true,
'show_in_menu' => false,
'show_in_admin_bar' => false,
'show_in_rest' => true,
'rewrite' => false,
'map_meta_cap' => true,
'capabilities' => array(
'edit_others_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'publish_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'create_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'read_private_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_private_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_published_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_others_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_private_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_published_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
),
'rest_base' => 'navigation',
'rest_controller_class' => 'WP_REST_Posts_Controller',
'supports' => array(
'title',
'editor',
'revisions',
),
)
);
register_post_type(
'wp_font_family',
array(
'labels' => array(
'name' => __( 'Font Families' ),
'singular_name' => __( 'Font Family' ),
),
'public' => false,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. don't use this when registering your own post type. */
'hierarchical' => false,
'capabilities' => array(
'read' => 'edit_theme_options',
'read_private_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'create_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'publish_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_others_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_published_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_others_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_published_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
),
'map_meta_cap' => true,
'query_var' => false,
'rewrite' => false,
'show_in_rest' => true,
'rest_base' => 'font-families',
'rest_controller_class' => 'WP_REST_Font_Families_Controller',
'supports' => array( 'title' ),
)
);
register_post_type(
'wp_font_face',
array(
'labels' => array(
'name' => __( 'Font Faces' ),
'singular_name' => __( 'Font Face' ),
),
'public' => false,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. don't use this when registering your own post type. */
'hierarchical' => false,
'capabilities' => array(
'read' => 'edit_theme_options',
'read_private_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'create_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'publish_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_others_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_published_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_others_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_published_posts' => 'edit_theme_options',
),
'map_meta_cap' => true,
'query_var' => false,
'rewrite' => false,
'show_in_rest' => true,
'rest_base' => 'font-families/(?P[\d]+)/font-faces',
'rest_controller_class' => 'WP_REST_Font_Faces_Controller',
'supports' => array( 'title' ),
)
);
register_post_status(
'publish',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Published', 'post status' ),
'public' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of published posts. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Published (%s)',
'Published (%s)'
),
)
);
register_post_status(
'future',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Scheduled', 'post status' ),
'protected' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of scheduled posts. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Scheduled (%s)',
'Scheduled (%s)'
),
)
);
register_post_status(
'draft',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Draft', 'post status' ),
'protected' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of draft posts. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Draft (%s)',
'Drafts (%s)'
),
'date_floating' => true,
)
);
register_post_status(
'pending',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Pending', 'post status' ),
'protected' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of pending posts. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Pending (%s)',
'Pending (%s)'
),
'date_floating' => true,
)
);
register_post_status(
'private',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Private', 'post status' ),
'private' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of private posts. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Private (%s)',
'Private (%s)'
),
)
);
register_post_status(
'trash',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Trash', 'post status' ),
'internal' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of trashed posts. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Trash (%s)',
'Trash (%s)'
),
'show_in_admin_status_list' => true,
)
);
register_post_status(
'auto-draft',
array(
'label' => 'auto-draft',
'internal' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
'date_floating' => true,
)
);
register_post_status(
'inherit',
array(
'label' => 'inherit',
'internal' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
'exclude_from_search' => false,
)
);
register_post_status(
'request-pending',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Pending', 'request status' ),
'internal' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of pending requests. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Pending (%s)',
'Pending (%s)'
),
'exclude_from_search' => false,
)
);
register_post_status(
'request-confirmed',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Confirmed', 'request status' ),
'internal' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of confirmed requests. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Confirmed (%s)',
'Confirmed (%s)'
),
'exclude_from_search' => false,
)
);
register_post_status(
'request-failed',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Failed', 'request status' ),
'internal' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of failed requests. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Failed (%s)',
'Failed (%s)'
),
'exclude_from_search' => false,
)
);
register_post_status(
'request-completed',
array(
'label' => _x( 'Completed', 'request status' ),
'internal' => true,
'_builtin' => true, /* internal use only. */
/* translators: %s: Number of completed requests. */
'label_count' => _n_noop(
'Completed (%s)',
'Completed (%s)'
),
'exclude_from_search' => false,
)
);
}
/**
* Retrieves attached file path based on attachment ID.
*
* By default the path will go through the {@see 'get_attached_file'} filter, but
* passing `true` to the `$unfiltered` argument will return the file path unfiltered.
*
* The function works by retrieving the `_wp_attached_file` post meta value.
* This is a convenience function to prevent looking up the meta name and provide
* a mechanism for sending the attached filename through a filter.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment ID.
* @param bool $unfiltered Optional. Whether to skip the {@see 'get_attached_file'} filter.
* Default false.
* @return string|false The file path to where the attached file should be, false otherwise.
*/
function get_attached_file( $attachment_id, $unfiltered = false ) {
$file = get_post_meta( $attachment_id, '_wp_attached_file', true );
// If the file is relative, prepend upload dir.
if ( $file && ! str_starts_with( $file, '/' ) && ! preg_match( '|^.:\\\|', $file ) ) {
$uploads = wp_get_upload_dir();
if ( false === $uploads['error'] ) {
$file = $uploads['basedir'] . "/$file";
}
}
if ( $unfiltered ) {
return $file;
}
/**
* Filters the attached file based on the given ID.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string|false $file The file path to where the attached file should be, false otherwise.
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_attached_file', $file, $attachment_id );
}
/**
* Updates attachment file path based on attachment ID.
*
* Used to update the file path of the attachment, which uses post meta name
* '_wp_attached_file' to store the path of the attachment.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment ID.
* @param string $file File path for the attachment.
* @return bool True on success, false on failure.
*/
function update_attached_file( $attachment_id, $file ) {
if ( ! get_post( $attachment_id ) ) {
return false;
}
/**
* Filters the path to the attached file to update.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string $file Path to the attached file to update.
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment ID.
*/
$file = apply_filters( 'update_attached_file', $file, $attachment_id );
$file = _wp_relative_upload_path( $file );
if ( $file ) {
return update_post_meta( $attachment_id, '_wp_attached_file', $file );
} else {
return delete_post_meta( $attachment_id, '_wp_attached_file' );
}
}
/**
* Returns relative path to an uploaded file.
*
* The path is relative to the current upload dir.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @access private
*
* @param string $path Full path to the file.
* @return string Relative path on success, unchanged path on failure.
*/
function _wp_relative_upload_path( $path ) {
$new_path = $path;
$uploads = wp_get_upload_dir();
if ( str_starts_with( $new_path, $uploads['basedir'] ) ) {
$new_path = str_replace( $uploads['basedir'], '', $new_path );
$new_path = ltrim( $new_path, '/' );
}
/**
* Filters the relative path to an uploaded file.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param string $new_path Relative path to the file.
* @param string $path Full path to the file.
*/
return apply_filters( '_wp_relative_upload_path', $new_path, $path );
}
/**
* Retrieves all children of the post parent ID.
*
* Normally, without any enhancements, the children would apply to pages. In the
* context of the inner workings of WordPress, pages, posts, and attachments
* share the same table, so therefore the functionality could apply to any one
* of them. It is then noted that while this function does not work on posts, it
* does not mean that it won't work on posts. It is recommended that you know
* what context you wish to retrieve the children of.
*
* Attachments may also be made the child of a post, so if that is an accurate
* statement (which needs to be verified), it would then be possible to get
* all of the attachments for a post. Attachments have since changed since
* version 2.5, so this is most likely inaccurate, but serves generally as an
* example of what is possible.
*
* The arguments listed as defaults are for this function and also of the
* get_posts() function. The arguments are combined with the get_children defaults
* and are then passed to the get_posts() function, which accepts additional arguments.
* You can replace the defaults in this function, listed below and the additional
* arguments listed in the get_posts() function.
*
* The 'post_parent' is the most important argument and important attention
* needs to be paid to the $args parameter. If you pass either an object or an
* integer (number), then just the 'post_parent' is grabbed and everything else
* is lost. If you don't specify any arguments, then it is assumed that you are
* in The Loop and the post parent will be grabbed for from the current post.
*
* The 'post_parent' argument is the ID to get the children. The 'numberposts'
* is the amount of posts to retrieve that has a default of '-1', which is
* used to get all of the posts. Giving a number higher than 0 will only
* retrieve that amount of posts.
*
* The 'post_type' and 'post_status' arguments can be used to choose what
* criteria of posts to retrieve. The 'post_type' can be anything, but WordPress
* post types are 'post', 'pages', and 'attachments'. The 'post_status'
* argument will accept any post status within the write administration panels.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @see get_posts()
* @todo Check validity of description.
*
* @global WP_Post $post Global post object.
*
* @param mixed $args Optional. User defined arguments for replacing the defaults. Default empty.
* @param string $output Optional. The required return type. One of OBJECT, ARRAY_A, or ARRAY_N, which
* correspond to a WP_Post object, an associative array, or a numeric array,
* respectively. Default OBJECT.
* @return WP_Post[]|array[]|int[] Array of post objects, arrays, or IDs, depending on `$output`.
*/
function get_children( $args = '', $output = OBJECT ) {
$kids = array();
if ( empty( $args ) ) {
if ( isset( $GLOBALS['post'] ) ) {
$args = array( 'post_parent' => (int) $GLOBALS['post']->post_parent );
} else {
return $kids;
}
} elseif ( is_object( $args ) ) {
$args = array( 'post_parent' => (int) $args->post_parent );
} elseif ( is_numeric( $args ) ) {
$args = array( 'post_parent' => (int) $args );
}
$defaults = array(
'numberposts' => -1,
'post_type' => 'any',
'post_status' => 'any',
'post_parent' => 0,
);
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$children = get_posts( $parsed_args );
if ( ! $children ) {
return $kids;
}
if ( ! empty( $parsed_args['fields'] ) ) {
return $children;
}
update_post_cache( $children );
foreach ( $children as $key => $child ) {
$kids[ $child->ID ] = $children[ $key ];
}
if ( OBJECT === $output ) {
return $kids;
} elseif ( ARRAY_A === $output ) {
$weeuns = array();
foreach ( (array) $kids as $kid ) {
$weeuns[ $kid->ID ] = get_object_vars( $kids[ $kid->ID ] );
}
return $weeuns;
} elseif ( ARRAY_N === $output ) {
$babes = array();
foreach ( (array) $kids as $kid ) {
$babes[ $kid->ID ] = array_values( get_object_vars( $kids[ $kid->ID ] ) );
}
return $babes;
} else {
return $kids;
}
}
/**
* Gets extended entry info ().
*
* There should not be any space after the second dash and before the word
* 'more'. There can be text or space(s) after the word 'more', but won't be
* referenced.
*
* The returned array has 'main', 'extended', and 'more_text' keys. Main has the text before
* the ``. The 'extended' key has the content after the
* `` comment. The 'more_text' key has the custom "Read More" text.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $post Post content.
* @return string[] {
* Extended entry info.
*
* @type string $main Content before the more tag.
* @type string $extended Content after the more tag.
* @type string $more_text Custom read more text, or empty string.
* }
*/
function get_extended( $post ) {
// Match the new style more links.
if ( preg_match( '//', $post, $matches ) ) {
list($main, $extended) = explode( $matches[0], $post, 2 );
$more_text = $matches[1];
} else {
$main = $post;
$extended = '';
$more_text = '';
}
// Leading and trailing whitespace.
$main = preg_replace( '/^[\s]*(.*)[\s]*$/', '\\1', $main );
$extended = preg_replace( '/^[\s]*(.*)[\s]*$/', '\\1', $extended );
$more_text = preg_replace( '/^[\s]*(.*)[\s]*$/', '\\1', $more_text );
return array(
'main' => $main,
'extended' => $extended,
'more_text' => $more_text,
);
}
/**
* Retrieves post data given a post ID or post object.
*
* See sanitize_post() for optional $filter values. Also, the parameter
* `$post`, must be given as a variable, since it is passed by reference.
*
* @since 1.5.1
*
* @global WP_Post $post Global post object.
*
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. Post ID or post object. `null`, `false`, `0` and other PHP falsey values
* return the current global post inside the loop. A numerically valid post ID that
* points to a non-existent post returns `null`. Defaults to global $post.
* @param string $output Optional. The required return type. One of OBJECT, ARRAY_A, or ARRAY_N, which
* correspond to a WP_Post object, an associative array, or a numeric array,
* respectively. Default OBJECT.
* @param string $filter Optional. Type of filter to apply. Accepts 'raw', 'edit', 'db',
* or 'display'. Default 'raw'.
* @return WP_Post|array|null Type corresponding to $output on success or null on failure.
* When $output is OBJECT, a `WP_Post` instance is returned.
*/
function get_post( $post = null, $output = OBJECT, $filter = 'raw' ) {
if ( empty( $post ) && isset( $GLOBALS['post'] ) ) {
$post = $GLOBALS['post'];
}
if ( $post instanceof WP_Post ) {
$_post = $post;
} elseif ( is_object( $post ) ) {
if ( empty( $post->filter ) ) {
$_post = sanitize_post( $post, 'raw' );
$_post = new WP_Post( $_post );
} elseif ( 'raw' === $post->filter ) {
$_post = new WP_Post( $post );
} else {
$_post = WP_Post::get_instance( $post->ID );
}
} else {
$_post = WP_Post::get_instance( $post );
}
if ( ! $_post ) {
return null;
}
$_post = $_post->filter( $filter );
if ( ARRAY_A === $output ) {
return $_post->to_array();
} elseif ( ARRAY_N === $output ) {
return array_values( $_post->to_array() );
}
return $_post;
}
/**
* Retrieves the IDs of the ancestors of a post.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object.
* @return int[] Array of ancestor IDs or empty array if there are none.
*/
function get_post_ancestors( $post ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post || empty( $post->post_parent ) || $post->post_parent == $post->ID ) {
return array();
}
$ancestors = array();
$id = $post->post_parent;
$ancestors[] = $id;
while ( $ancestor = get_post( $id ) ) {
// Loop detection: If the ancestor has been seen before, break.
if ( empty( $ancestor->post_parent ) || ( $ancestor->post_parent == $post->ID ) || in_array( $ancestor->post_parent, $ancestors, true ) ) {
break;
}
$id = $ancestor->post_parent;
$ancestors[] = $id;
}
return $ancestors;
}
/**
* Retrieves data from a post field based on Post ID.
*
* Examples of the post field will be, 'post_type', 'post_status', 'post_content',
* etc and based off of the post object property or key names.
*
* The context values are based off of the taxonomy filter functions and
* supported values are found within those functions.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.5.0 The `$post` parameter was made optional.
*
* @see sanitize_post_field()
*
* @param string $field Post field name.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Defaults to global $post.
* @param string $context Optional. How to filter the field. Accepts 'raw', 'edit', 'db',
* or 'display'. Default 'display'.
* @return string The value of the post field on success, empty string on failure.
*/
function get_post_field( $field, $post = null, $context = 'display' ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return '';
}
if ( ! isset( $post->$field ) ) {
return '';
}
return sanitize_post_field( $field, $post->$field, $post->ID, $context );
}
/**
* Retrieves the mime type of an attachment based on the ID.
*
* This function can be used with any post type, but it makes more sense with
* attachments.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Defaults to global $post.
* @return string|false The mime type on success, false on failure.
*/
function get_post_mime_type( $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( is_object( $post ) ) {
return $post->post_mime_type;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Retrieves the post status based on the post ID.
*
* If the post ID is of an attachment, then the parent post status will be given
* instead.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Defaults to global $post.
* @return string|false Post status on success, false on failure.
*/
function get_post_status( $post = null ) {
// Normalize the post object if necessary, skip normalization if called from get_sample_permalink().
if ( ! $post instanceof WP_Post || ! isset( $post->filter ) || 'sample' !== $post->filter ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
}
if ( ! is_object( $post ) ) {
return false;
}
$post_status = $post->post_status;
if (
'attachment' === $post->post_type &&
'inherit' === $post_status
) {
if (
0 === $post->post_parent ||
! get_post( $post->post_parent ) ||
$post->ID === $post->post_parent
) {
// Unattached attachments with inherit status are assumed to be published.
$post_status = 'publish';
} elseif ( 'trash' === get_post_status( $post->post_parent ) ) {
// Get parent status prior to trashing.
$post_status = get_post_meta( $post->post_parent, '_wp_trash_meta_status', true );
if ( ! $post_status ) {
// Assume publish as above.
$post_status = 'publish';
}
} else {
$post_status = get_post_status( $post->post_parent );
}
} elseif (
'attachment' === $post->post_type &&
! in_array( $post_status, array( 'private', 'trash', 'auto-draft' ), true )
) {
/*
* Ensure uninherited attachments have a permitted status either 'private', 'trash', 'auto-draft'.
* This is to match the logic in wp_insert_post().
*
* Note: 'inherit' is excluded from this check as it is resolved to the parent post's
* status in the logic block above.
*/
$post_status = 'publish';
}
/**
* Filters the post status.
*
* @since 4.4.0
* @since 5.7.0 The attachment post type is now passed through this filter.
*
* @param string $post_status The post status.
* @param WP_Post $post The post object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_post_status', $post_status, $post );
}
/**
* Retrieves all of the WordPress supported post statuses.
*
* Posts have a limited set of valid status values, this provides the
* post_status values and descriptions.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @return string[] Array of post status labels keyed by their status.
*/
function get_post_statuses() {
$status = array(
'draft' => __( 'Draft' ),
'pending' => __( 'Pending Review' ),
'private' => __( 'Private' ),
'publish' => __( 'Published' ),
);
return $status;
}
/**
* Retrieves all of the WordPress support page statuses.
*
* Pages have a limited set of valid status values, this provides the
* post_status values and descriptions.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @return string[] Array of page status labels keyed by their status.
*/
function get_page_statuses() {
$status = array(
'draft' => __( 'Draft' ),
'private' => __( 'Private' ),
'publish' => __( 'Published' ),
);
return $status;
}
/**
* Returns statuses for privacy requests.
*
* @since 4.9.6
* @access private
*
* @return string[] Array of privacy request status labels keyed by their status.
*/
function _wp_privacy_statuses() {
return array(
'request-pending' => _x( 'Pending', 'request status' ), // Pending confirmation from user.
'request-confirmed' => _x( 'Confirmed', 'request status' ), // User has confirmed the action.
'request-failed' => _x( 'Failed', 'request status' ), // User failed to confirm the action.
'request-completed' => _x( 'Completed', 'request status' ), // Admin has handled the request.
);
}
/**
* Registers a post status. Do not use before init.
*
* A simple function for creating or modifying a post status based on the
* parameters given. The function will accept an array (second optional
* parameter), along with a string for the post status name.
*
* Arguments prefixed with an _underscore shouldn't be used by plugins and themes.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global stdClass[] $wp_post_statuses Inserts new post status object into the list
*
* @param string $post_status Name of the post status.
* @param array|string $args {
* Optional. Array or string of post status arguments.
*
* @type bool|string $label A descriptive name for the post status marked
* for translation. Defaults to value of $post_status.
* @type array|false $label_count Nooped plural text from _n_noop() to provide the singular
* and plural forms of the label for counts. Default false
* which means the `$label` argument will be used for both
* the singular and plural forms of this label.
* @type bool $exclude_from_search Whether to exclude posts with this post status
* from search results. Default is value of $internal.
* @type bool $_builtin Whether the status is built-in. Core-use only.
* Default false.
* @type bool $public Whether posts of this status should be shown
* in the front end of the site. Default false.
* @type bool $internal Whether the status is for internal use only.
* Default false.
* @type bool $protected Whether posts with this status should be protected.
* Default false.
* @type bool $private Whether posts with this status should be private.
* Default false.
* @type bool $publicly_queryable Whether posts with this status should be publicly-
* queryable. Default is value of $public.
* @type bool $show_in_admin_all_list Whether to include posts in the edit listing for
* their post type. Default is the opposite value
* of $internal.
* @type bool $show_in_admin_status_list Show in the list of statuses with post counts at
* the top of the edit listings,
* e.g. All (12) | Published (9) | My Custom Status (2)
* Default is the opposite value of $internal.
* @type bool $date_floating Whether the post has a floating creation date.
* Default to false.
* }
* @return object
*/
function register_post_status( $post_status, $args = array() ) {
global $wp_post_statuses;
if ( ! is_array( $wp_post_statuses ) ) {
$wp_post_statuses = array();
}
// Args prefixed with an underscore are reserved for internal use.
$defaults = array(
'label' => false,
'label_count' => false,
'exclude_from_search' => null,
'_builtin' => false,
'public' => null,
'internal' => null,
'protected' => null,
'private' => null,
'publicly_queryable' => null,
'show_in_admin_status_list' => null,
'show_in_admin_all_list' => null,
'date_floating' => null,
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$args = (object) $args;
$post_status = sanitize_key( $post_status );
$args->name = $post_status;
// Set various defaults.
if ( null === $args->public && null === $args->internal && null === $args->protected && null === $args->private ) {
$args->internal = true;
}
if ( null === $args->public ) {
$args->public = false;
}
if ( null === $args->private ) {
$args->private = false;
}
if ( null === $args->protected ) {
$args->protected = false;
}
if ( null === $args->internal ) {
$args->internal = false;
}
if ( null === $args->publicly_queryable ) {
$args->publicly_queryable = $args->public;
}
if ( null === $args->exclude_from_search ) {
$args->exclude_from_search = $args->internal;
}
if ( null === $args->show_in_admin_all_list ) {
$args->show_in_admin_all_list = ! $args->internal;
}
if ( null === $args->show_in_admin_status_list ) {
$args->show_in_admin_status_list = ! $args->internal;
}
if ( null === $args->date_floating ) {
$args->date_floating = false;
}
if ( false === $args->label ) {
$args->label = $post_status;
}
if ( false === $args->label_count ) {
// phpcs:ignore WordPress.WP.I18n.NonSingularStringLiteralSingular,WordPress.WP.I18n.NonSingularStringLiteralPlural
$args->label_count = _n_noop( $args->label, $args->label );
}
$wp_post_statuses[ $post_status ] = $args;
return $args;
}
/**
* Retrieves a post status object by name.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global stdClass[] $wp_post_statuses List of post statuses.
*
* @see register_post_status()
*
* @param string $post_status The name of a registered post status.
* @return stdClass|null A post status object.
*/
function get_post_status_object( $post_status ) {
global $wp_post_statuses;
if ( empty( $wp_post_statuses[ $post_status ] ) ) {
return null;
}
return $wp_post_statuses[ $post_status ];
}
/**
* Gets a list of post statuses.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global stdClass[] $wp_post_statuses List of post statuses.
*
* @see register_post_status()
*
* @param array|string $args Optional. Array or string of post status arguments to compare against
* properties of the global `$wp_post_statuses objects`. Default empty array.
* @param string $output Optional. The type of output to return, either 'names' or 'objects'. Default 'names'.
* @param string $operator Optional. The logical operation to perform. 'or' means only one element
* from the array needs to match; 'and' means all elements must match.
* Default 'and'.
* @return string[]|stdClass[] A list of post status names or objects.
*/
function get_post_stati( $args = array(), $output = 'names', $operator = 'and' ) {
global $wp_post_statuses;
$field = ( 'names' === $output ) ? 'name' : false;
return wp_filter_object_list( $wp_post_statuses, $args, $operator, $field );
}
/**
* Determines whether the post type is hierarchical.
*
* A false return value might also mean that the post type does not exist.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @see get_post_type_object()
*
* @param string $post_type Post type name
* @return bool Whether post type is hierarchical.
*/
function is_post_type_hierarchical( $post_type ) {
if ( ! post_type_exists( $post_type ) ) {
return false;
}
$post_type = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
return $post_type->hierarchical;
}
/**
* Determines whether a post type is registered.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @see get_post_type_object()
*
* @param string $post_type Post type name.
* @return bool Whether post type is registered.
*/
function post_type_exists( $post_type ) {
return (bool) get_post_type_object( $post_type );
}
/**
* Retrieves the post type of the current post or of a given post.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Default is global $post.
* @return string|false Post type on success, false on failure.
*/
function get_post_type( $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( $post ) {
return $post->post_type;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Retrieves a post type object by name.
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 4.6.0 Object returned is now an instance of `WP_Post_Type`.
*
* @global array $wp_post_types List of post types.
*
* @see register_post_type()
*
* @param string $post_type The name of a registered post type.
* @return WP_Post_Type|null WP_Post_Type object if it exists, null otherwise.
*/
function get_post_type_object( $post_type ) {
global $wp_post_types;
if ( ! is_scalar( $post_type ) || empty( $wp_post_types[ $post_type ] ) ) {
return null;
}
return $wp_post_types[ $post_type ];
}
/**
* Gets a list of all registered post type objects.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @global array $wp_post_types List of post types.
*
* @see register_post_type() for accepted arguments.
*
* @param array|string $args Optional. An array of key => value arguments to match against
* the post type objects. Default empty array.
* @param string $output Optional. The type of output to return. Either 'names'
* or 'objects'. Default 'names'.
* @param string $operator Optional. The logical operation to perform. 'or' means only one
* element from the array needs to match; 'and' means all elements
* must match; 'not' means no elements may match. Default 'and'.
* @return string[]|WP_Post_Type[] An array of post type names or objects.
*/
function get_post_types( $args = array(), $output = 'names', $operator = 'and' ) {
global $wp_post_types;
$field = ( 'names' === $output ) ? 'name' : false;
return wp_filter_object_list( $wp_post_types, $args, $operator, $field );
}
/**
* Registers a post type.
*
* Note: Post type registrations should not be hooked before the
* {@see 'init'} action. Also, any taxonomy connections should be
* registered via the `$taxonomies` argument to ensure consistency
* when hooks such as {@see 'parse_query'} or {@see 'pre_get_posts'}
* are used.
*
* Post types can support any number of built-in core features such
* as meta boxes, custom fields, post thumbnails, post statuses,
* comments, and more. See the `$supports` argument for a complete
* list of supported features.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 3.0.0 The `show_ui` argument is now enforced on the new post screen.
* @since 4.4.0 The `show_ui` argument is now enforced on the post type listing
* screen and post editing screen.
* @since 4.6.0 Post type object returned is now an instance of `WP_Post_Type`.
* @since 4.7.0 Introduced `show_in_rest`, `rest_base` and `rest_controller_class`
* arguments to register the post type in REST API.
* @since 5.0.0 The `template` and `template_lock` arguments were added.
* @since 5.3.0 The `supports` argument will now accept an array of arguments for a feature.
* @since 5.9.0 The `rest_namespace` argument was added.
*
* @global array $wp_post_types List of post types.
*
* @param string $post_type Post type key. Must not exceed 20 characters and may only contain
* lowercase alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. See sanitize_key().
* @param array|string $args {
* Array or string of arguments for registering a post type.
*
* @type string $label Name of the post type shown in the menu. Usually plural.
* Default is value of $labels['name'].
* @type string[] $labels An array of labels for this post type. If not set, post
* labels are inherited for non-hierarchical types and page
* labels for hierarchical ones. See get_post_type_labels() for a full
* list of supported labels.
* @type string $description A short descriptive summary of what the post type is.
* Default empty.
* @type bool $public Whether a post type is intended for use publicly either via
* the admin interface or by front-end users. While the default
* settings of $exclude_from_search, $publicly_queryable, $show_ui,
* and $show_in_nav_menus are inherited from $public, each does not
* rely on this relationship and controls a very specific intention.
* Default false.
* @type bool $hierarchical Whether the post type is hierarchical (e.g. page). Default false.
* @type bool $exclude_from_search Whether to exclude posts with this post type from front end search
* results. Default is the opposite value of $public.
* @type bool $publicly_queryable Whether queries can be performed on the front end for the post type
* as part of parse_request(). Endpoints would include:
* * ?post_type={post_type_key}
* * ?{post_type_key}={single_post_slug}
* * ?{post_type_query_var}={single_post_slug}
* If not set, the default is inherited from $public.
* @type bool $show_ui Whether to generate and allow a UI for managing this post type in the
* admin. Default is value of $public.
* @type bool|string $show_in_menu Where to show the post type in the admin menu. To work, $show_ui
* must be true. If true, the post type is shown in its own top level
* menu. If false, no menu is shown. If a string of an existing top
* level menu ('tools.php' or 'edit.php?post_type=page', for example), the
* post type will be placed as a sub-menu of that.
* Default is value of $show_ui.
* @type bool $show_in_nav_menus Makes this post type available for selection in navigation menus.
* Default is value of $public.
* @type bool $show_in_admin_bar Makes this post type available via the admin bar. Default is value
* of $show_in_menu.
* @type bool $show_in_rest Whether to include the post type in the REST API. Set this to true
* for the post type to be available in the block editor.
* @type string $rest_base To change the base URL of REST API route. Default is $post_type.
* @type string $rest_namespace To change the namespace URL of REST API route. Default is wp/v2.
* @type string $rest_controller_class REST API controller class name. Default is 'WP_REST_Posts_Controller'.
* @type string|bool $autosave_rest_controller_class REST API controller class name. Default is 'WP_REST_Autosaves_Controller'.
* @type string|bool $revisions_rest_controller_class REST API controller class name. Default is 'WP_REST_Revisions_Controller'.
* @type bool $late_route_registration A flag to direct the REST API controllers for autosave / revisions
* should be registered before/after the post type controller.
* @type int $menu_position The position in the menu order the post type should appear. To work,
* $show_in_menu must be true. Default null (at the bottom).
* @type string $menu_icon The URL to the icon to be used for this menu. Pass a base64-encoded
* SVG using a data URI, which will be colored to match the color scheme
* -- this should begin with 'data:image/svg+xml;base64,'. Pass the name
* of a Dashicons helper class to use a font icon, e.g.
* 'dashicons-chart-pie'. Pass 'none' to leave div.wp-menu-image empty
* so an icon can be added via CSS. Defaults to use the posts icon.
* @type string|array $capability_type The string to use to build the read, edit, and delete capabilities.
* May be passed as an array to allow for alternative plurals when using
* this argument as a base to construct the capabilities, e.g.
* array('story', 'stories'). Default 'post'.
* @type string[] $capabilities Array of capabilities for this post type. $capability_type is used
* as a base to construct capabilities by default.
* See get_post_type_capabilities().
* @type bool $map_meta_cap Whether to use the internal default meta capability handling.
* Default false.
* @type array|false $supports Core feature(s) the post type supports. Serves as an alias for calling
* add_post_type_support() directly. Core features include 'title',
* 'editor', 'comments', 'revisions', 'trackbacks', 'author', 'excerpt',
* 'page-attributes', 'thumbnail', 'custom-fields', and 'post-formats'.
* Additionally, the 'revisions' feature dictates whether the post type
* will store revisions, the 'autosave' feature dictates whether the post type
* will be autosaved, and the 'comments' feature dictates whether the
* comments count will show on the edit screen. For backward compatibility reasons,
* adding 'editor' support implies 'autosave' support too. A feature can also be
* specified as an array of arguments to provide additional information
* about supporting that feature.
* Example: `array( 'my_feature', array( 'field' => 'value' ) )`.
* If false, no features will be added.
* Default is an array containing 'title' and 'editor'.
* @type callable $register_meta_box_cb Provide a callback function that sets up the meta boxes for the
* edit form. Do remove_meta_box() and add_meta_box() calls in the
* callback. Default null.
* @type string[] $taxonomies An array of taxonomy identifiers that will be registered for the
* post type. Taxonomies can be registered later with register_taxonomy()
* or register_taxonomy_for_object_type().
* Default empty array.
* @type bool|string $has_archive Whether there should be post type archives, or if a string, the
* archive slug to use. Will generate the proper rewrite rules if
* $rewrite is enabled. Default false.
* @type bool|array $rewrite {
* Triggers the handling of rewrites for this post type. To prevent rewrite, set to false.
* Defaults to true, using $post_type as slug. To specify rewrite rules, an array can be
* passed with any of these keys:
*
* @type string $slug Customize the permastruct slug. Defaults to $post_type key.
* @type bool $with_front Whether the permastruct should be prepended with WP_Rewrite::$front.
* Default true.
* @type bool $feeds Whether the feed permastruct should be built for this post type.
* Default is value of $has_archive.
* @type bool $pages Whether the permastruct should provide for pagination. Default true.
* @type int $ep_mask Endpoint mask to assign. If not specified and permalink_epmask is set,
* inherits from $permalink_epmask. If not specified and permalink_epmask
* is not set, defaults to EP_PERMALINK.
* }
* @type string|bool $query_var Sets the query_var key for this post type. Defaults to $post_type
* key. If false, a post type cannot be loaded at
* ?{query_var}={post_slug}. If specified as a string, the query
* ?{query_var_string}={post_slug} will be valid.
* @type bool $can_export Whether to allow this post type to be exported. Default true.
* @type bool $delete_with_user Whether to delete posts of this type when deleting a user.
* * If true, posts of this type belonging to the user will be moved
* to Trash when the user is deleted.
* * If false, posts of this type belonging to the user will *not*
* be trashed or deleted.
* * If not set (the default), posts are trashed if post type supports
* the 'author' feature. Otherwise posts are not trashed or deleted.
* Default null.
* @type array $template Array of blocks to use as the default initial state for an editor
* session. Each item should be an array containing block name and
* optional attributes. Default empty array.
* @type string|false $template_lock Whether the block template should be locked if $template is set.
* * If set to 'all', the user is unable to insert new blocks,
* move existing blocks and delete blocks.
* * If set to 'insert', the user is able to move existing blocks
* but is unable to insert new blocks and delete blocks.
* Default false.
* @type bool $_builtin FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY! True if this post type is a native or
* "built-in" post_type. Default false.
* @type string $_edit_link FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY! URL segment to use for edit link of
* this post type. Default 'post.php?post=%d'.
* }
* @return WP_Post_Type|WP_Error The registered post type object on success,
* WP_Error object on failure.
*/
function register_post_type( $post_type, $args = array() ) {
global $wp_post_types;
if ( ! is_array( $wp_post_types ) ) {
$wp_post_types = array();
}
// Sanitize post type name.
$post_type = sanitize_key( $post_type );
if ( empty( $post_type ) || strlen( $post_type ) > 20 ) {
_doing_it_wrong( __FUNCTION__, __( 'Post type names must be between 1 and 20 characters in length.' ), '4.2.0' );
return new WP_Error( 'post_type_length_invalid', __( 'Post type names must be between 1 and 20 characters in length.' ) );
}
$post_type_object = new WP_Post_Type( $post_type, $args );
$post_type_object->add_supports();
$post_type_object->add_rewrite_rules();
$post_type_object->register_meta_boxes();
$wp_post_types[ $post_type ] = $post_type_object;
$post_type_object->add_hooks();
$post_type_object->register_taxonomies();
/**
* Fires after a post type is registered.
*
* @since 3.3.0
* @since 4.6.0 Converted the `$post_type` parameter to accept a `WP_Post_Type` object.
*
* @param string $post_type Post type.
* @param WP_Post_Type $post_type_object Arguments used to register the post type.
*/
do_action( 'registered_post_type', $post_type, $post_type_object );
/**
* Fires after a specific post type is registered.
*
* The dynamic portion of the filter name, `$post_type`, refers to the post type key.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `registered_post_type_post`
* - `registered_post_type_page`
*
* @since 6.0.0
*
* @param string $post_type Post type.
* @param WP_Post_Type $post_type_object Arguments used to register the post type.
*/
do_action( "registered_post_type_{$post_type}", $post_type, $post_type_object );
return $post_type_object;
}
/**
* Unregisters a post type.
*
* Cannot be used to unregister built-in post types.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @global array $wp_post_types List of post types.
*
* @param string $post_type Post type to unregister.
* @return true|WP_Error True on success, WP_Error on failure or if the post type doesn't exist.
*/
function unregister_post_type( $post_type ) {
global $wp_post_types;
if ( ! post_type_exists( $post_type ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_post_type', __( 'Invalid post type.' ) );
}
$post_type_object = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
// Do not allow unregistering internal post types.
if ( $post_type_object->_builtin ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_post_type', __( 'Unregistering a built-in post type is not allowed' ) );
}
$post_type_object->remove_supports();
$post_type_object->remove_rewrite_rules();
$post_type_object->unregister_meta_boxes();
$post_type_object->remove_hooks();
$post_type_object->unregister_taxonomies();
unset( $wp_post_types[ $post_type ] );
/**
* Fires after a post type was unregistered.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @param string $post_type Post type key.
*/
do_action( 'unregistered_post_type', $post_type );
return true;
}
/**
* Builds an object with all post type capabilities out of a post type object
*
* Post type capabilities use the 'capability_type' argument as a base, if the
* capability is not set in the 'capabilities' argument array or if the
* 'capabilities' argument is not supplied.
*
* The capability_type argument can optionally be registered as an array, with
* the first value being singular and the second plural, e.g. array('story, 'stories')
* Otherwise, an 's' will be added to the value for the plural form. After
* registration, capability_type will always be a string of the singular value.
*
* By default, eight keys are accepted as part of the capabilities array:
*
* - edit_post, read_post, and delete_post are meta capabilities, which are then
* generally mapped to corresponding primitive capabilities depending on the
* context, which would be the post being edited/read/deleted and the user or
* role being checked. Thus these capabilities would generally not be granted
* directly to users or roles.
*
* - edit_posts - Controls whether objects of this post type can be edited.
* - edit_others_posts - Controls whether objects of this type owned by other users
* can be edited. If the post type does not support an author, then this will
* behave like edit_posts.
* - delete_posts - Controls whether objects of this post type can be deleted.
* - publish_posts - Controls publishing objects of this post type.
* - read_private_posts - Controls whether private objects can be read.
*
* These five primitive capabilities are checked in core in various locations.
* There are also six other primitive capabilities which are not referenced
* directly in core, except in map_meta_cap(), which takes the three aforementioned
* meta capabilities and translates them into one or more primitive capabilities
* that must then be checked against the user or role, depending on the context.
*
* - read - Controls whether objects of this post type can be read.
* - delete_private_posts - Controls whether private objects can be deleted.
* - delete_published_posts - Controls whether published objects can be deleted.
* - delete_others_posts - Controls whether objects owned by other users can be
* can be deleted. If the post type does not support an author, then this will
* behave like delete_posts.
* - edit_private_posts - Controls whether private objects can be edited.
* - edit_published_posts - Controls whether published objects can be edited.
*
* These additional capabilities are only used in map_meta_cap(). Thus, they are
* only assigned by default if the post type is registered with the 'map_meta_cap'
* argument set to true (default is false).
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 5.4.0 'delete_posts' is included in default capabilities.
*
* @see register_post_type()
* @see map_meta_cap()
*
* @param object $args Post type registration arguments.
* @return object Object with all the capabilities as member variables.
*/
function get_post_type_capabilities( $args ) {
if ( ! is_array( $args->capability_type ) ) {
$args->capability_type = array( $args->capability_type, $args->capability_type . 's' );
}
// Singular base for meta capabilities, plural base for primitive capabilities.
list( $singular_base, $plural_base ) = $args->capability_type;
$default_capabilities = array(
// Meta capabilities.
'edit_post' => 'edit_' . $singular_base,
'read_post' => 'read_' . $singular_base,
'delete_post' => 'delete_' . $singular_base,
// Primitive capabilities used outside of map_meta_cap():
'edit_posts' => 'edit_' . $plural_base,
'edit_others_posts' => 'edit_others_' . $plural_base,
'delete_posts' => 'delete_' . $plural_base,
'publish_posts' => 'publish_' . $plural_base,
'read_private_posts' => 'read_private_' . $plural_base,
);
// Primitive capabilities used within map_meta_cap():
if ( $args->map_meta_cap ) {
$default_capabilities_for_mapping = array(
'read' => 'read',
'delete_private_posts' => 'delete_private_' . $plural_base,
'delete_published_posts' => 'delete_published_' . $plural_base,
'delete_others_posts' => 'delete_others_' . $plural_base,
'edit_private_posts' => 'edit_private_' . $plural_base,
'edit_published_posts' => 'edit_published_' . $plural_base,
);
$default_capabilities = array_merge( $default_capabilities, $default_capabilities_for_mapping );
}
$capabilities = array_merge( $default_capabilities, $args->capabilities );
// Post creation capability simply maps to edit_posts by default:
if ( ! isset( $capabilities['create_posts'] ) ) {
$capabilities['create_posts'] = $capabilities['edit_posts'];
}
// Remember meta capabilities for future reference.
if ( $args->map_meta_cap ) {
_post_type_meta_capabilities( $capabilities );
}
return (object) $capabilities;
}
/**
* Stores or returns a list of post type meta caps for map_meta_cap().
*
* @since 3.1.0
* @access private
*
* @global array $post_type_meta_caps Used to store meta capabilities.
*
* @param string[] $capabilities Post type meta capabilities.
*/
function _post_type_meta_capabilities( $capabilities = null ) {
global $post_type_meta_caps;
foreach ( $capabilities as $core => $custom ) {
if ( in_array( $core, array( 'read_post', 'delete_post', 'edit_post' ), true ) ) {
$post_type_meta_caps[ $custom ] = $core;
}
}
}
/**
* Builds an object with all post type labels out of a post type object.
*
* Accepted keys of the label array in the post type object:
*
* - `name` - General name for the post type, usually plural. The same and overridden
* by `$post_type_object->label`. Default is 'Posts' / 'Pages'.
* - `singular_name` - Name for one object of this post type. Default is 'Post' / 'Page'.
* - `add_new` - Label for adding a new item. Default is 'Add New Post' / 'Add New Page'.
* - `add_new_item` - Label for adding a new singular item. Default is 'Add New Post' / 'Add New Page'.
* - `edit_item` - Label for editing a singular item. Default is 'Edit Post' / 'Edit Page'.
* - `new_item` - Label for the new item page title. Default is 'New Post' / 'New Page'.
* - `view_item` - Label for viewing a singular item. Default is 'View Post' / 'View Page'.
* - `view_items` - Label for viewing post type archives. Default is 'View Posts' / 'View Pages'.
* - `search_items` - Label for searching plural items. Default is 'Search Posts' / 'Search Pages'.
* - `not_found` - Label used when no items are found. Default is 'No posts found' / 'No pages found'.
* - `not_found_in_trash` - Label used when no items are in the Trash. Default is 'No posts found in Trash' /
* 'No pages found in Trash'.
* - `parent_item_colon` - Label used to prefix parents of hierarchical items. Not used on non-hierarchical
* post types. Default is 'Parent Page:'.
* - `all_items` - Label to signify all items in a submenu link. Default is 'All Posts' / 'All Pages'.
* - `archives` - Label for archives in nav menus. Default is 'Post Archives' / 'Page Archives'.
* - `attributes` - Label for the attributes meta box. Default is 'Post Attributes' / 'Page Attributes'.
* - `insert_into_item` - Label for the media frame button. Default is 'Insert into post' / 'Insert into page'.
* - `uploaded_to_this_item` - Label for the media frame filter. Default is 'Uploaded to this post' /
* 'Uploaded to this page'.
* - `featured_image` - Label for the featured image meta box title. Default is 'Featured image'.
* - `set_featured_image` - Label for setting the featured image. Default is 'Set featured image'.
* - `remove_featured_image` - Label for removing the featured image. Default is 'Remove featured image'.
* - `use_featured_image` - Label in the media frame for using a featured image. Default is 'Use as featured image'.
* - `menu_name` - Label for the menu name. Default is the same as `name`.
* - `filter_items_list` - Label for the table views hidden heading. Default is 'Filter posts list' /
* 'Filter pages list'.
* - `filter_by_date` - Label for the date filter in list tables. Default is 'Filter by date'.
* - `items_list_navigation` - Label for the table pagination hidden heading. Default is 'Posts list navigation' /
* 'Pages list navigation'.
* - `items_list` - Label for the table hidden heading. Default is 'Posts list' / 'Pages list'.
* - `item_published` - Label used when an item is published. Default is 'Post published.' / 'Page published.'
* - `item_published_privately` - Label used when an item is published with private visibility.
* Default is 'Post published privately.' / 'Page published privately.'
* - `item_reverted_to_draft` - Label used when an item is switched to a draft.
* Default is 'Post reverted to draft.' / 'Page reverted to draft.'
* - `item_trashed` - Label used when an item is moved to Trash. Default is 'Post trashed.' / 'Page trashed.'
* - `item_scheduled` - Label used when an item is scheduled for publishing. Default is 'Post scheduled.' /
* 'Page scheduled.'
* - `item_updated` - Label used when an item is updated. Default is 'Post updated.' / 'Page updated.'
* - `item_link` - Title for a navigation link block variation. Default is 'Post Link' / 'Page Link'.
* - `item_link_description` - Description for a navigation link block variation. Default is 'A link to a post.' /
* 'A link to a page.'
*
* Above, the first default value is for non-hierarchical post types (like posts)
* and the second one is for hierarchical post types (like pages).
*
* Note: To set labels used in post type admin notices, see the {@see 'post_updated_messages'} filter.
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 4.3.0 Added the `featured_image`, `set_featured_image`, `remove_featured_image`,
* and `use_featured_image` labels.
* @since 4.4.0 Added the `archives`, `insert_into_item`, `uploaded_to_this_item`, `filter_items_list`,
* `items_list_navigation`, and `items_list` labels.
* @since 4.6.0 Converted the `$post_type` parameter to accept a `WP_Post_Type` object.
* @since 4.7.0 Added the `view_items` and `attributes` labels.
* @since 5.0.0 Added the `item_published`, `item_published_privately`, `item_reverted_to_draft`,
* `item_scheduled`, and `item_updated` labels.
* @since 5.7.0 Added the `filter_by_date` label.
* @since 5.8.0 Added the `item_link` and `item_link_description` labels.
* @since 6.3.0 Added the `item_trashed` label.
* @since 6.4.0 Changed default values for the `add_new` label to include the type of content.
* This matches `add_new_item` and provides more context for better accessibility.
* @since 6.6.0 Added the `template_name` label.
*
* @access private
*
* @param object|WP_Post_Type $post_type_object Post type object.
* @return object Object with all the labels as member variables.
*/
function get_post_type_labels( $post_type_object ) {
$nohier_vs_hier_defaults = WP_Post_Type::get_default_labels();
$nohier_vs_hier_defaults['menu_name'] = $nohier_vs_hier_defaults['name'];
$labels = _get_custom_object_labels( $post_type_object, $nohier_vs_hier_defaults );
if ( ! isset( $post_type_object->labels->template_name ) && isset( $post_type_object->labels->singular_name ) ) {
/* translators: %s: Post type name. */
$labels->template_name = sprintf( __( 'Single item: %s' ), $post_type_object->labels->singular_name );
}
$post_type = $post_type_object->name;
$default_labels = clone $labels;
/**
* Filters the labels of a specific post type.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$post_type`, refers to
* the post type slug.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `post_type_labels_post`
* - `post_type_labels_page`
* - `post_type_labels_attachment`
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @see get_post_type_labels() for the full list of labels.
*
* @param object $labels Object with labels for the post type as member variables.
*/
$labels = apply_filters( "post_type_labels_{$post_type}", $labels );
// Ensure that the filtered labels contain all required default values.
$labels = (object) array_merge( (array) $default_labels, (array) $labels );
return $labels;
}
/**
* Builds an object with custom-something object (post type, taxonomy) labels
* out of a custom-something object
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @access private
*
* @param object $data_object A custom-something object.
* @param array $nohier_vs_hier_defaults Hierarchical vs non-hierarchical default labels.
* @return object Object containing labels for the given custom-something object.
*/
function _get_custom_object_labels( $data_object, $nohier_vs_hier_defaults ) {
$data_object->labels = (array) $data_object->labels;
if ( isset( $data_object->label ) && empty( $data_object->labels['name'] ) ) {
$data_object->labels['name'] = $data_object->label;
}
if ( ! isset( $data_object->labels['singular_name'] ) && isset( $data_object->labels['name'] ) ) {
$data_object->labels['singular_name'] = $data_object->labels['name'];
}
if ( ! isset( $data_object->labels['name_admin_bar'] ) ) {
$data_object->labels['name_admin_bar'] =
isset( $data_object->labels['singular_name'] )
? $data_object->labels['singular_name']
: $data_object->name;
}
if ( ! isset( $data_object->labels['menu_name'] ) && isset( $data_object->labels['name'] ) ) {
$data_object->labels['menu_name'] = $data_object->labels['name'];
}
if ( ! isset( $data_object->labels['all_items'] ) && isset( $data_object->labels['menu_name'] ) ) {
$data_object->labels['all_items'] = $data_object->labels['menu_name'];
}
if ( ! isset( $data_object->labels['archives'] ) && isset( $data_object->labels['all_items'] ) ) {
$data_object->labels['archives'] = $data_object->labels['all_items'];
}
$defaults = array();
foreach ( $nohier_vs_hier_defaults as $key => $value ) {
$defaults[ $key ] = $data_object->hierarchical ? $value[1] : $value[0];
}
$labels = array_merge( $defaults, $data_object->labels );
$data_object->labels = (object) $data_object->labels;
return (object) $labels;
}
/**
* Adds submenus for post types.
*
* @access private
* @since 3.1.0
*/
function _add_post_type_submenus() {
foreach ( get_post_types( array( 'show_ui' => true ) ) as $ptype ) {
$ptype_obj = get_post_type_object( $ptype );
// Sub-menus only.
if ( ! $ptype_obj->show_in_menu || true === $ptype_obj->show_in_menu ) {
continue;
}
add_submenu_page( $ptype_obj->show_in_menu, $ptype_obj->labels->name, $ptype_obj->labels->all_items, $ptype_obj->cap->edit_posts, "edit.php?post_type=$ptype" );
}
}
/**
* Registers support of certain features for a post type.
*
* All core features are directly associated with a functional area of the edit
* screen, such as the editor or a meta box. Features include: 'title', 'editor',
* 'comments', 'revisions', 'trackbacks', 'author', 'excerpt', 'page-attributes',
* 'thumbnail', 'custom-fields', and 'post-formats'.
*
* Additionally, the 'revisions' feature dictates whether the post type will
* store revisions, the 'autosave' feature dictates whether the post type
* will be autosaved, and the 'comments' feature dictates whether the comments
* count will show on the edit screen.
*
* A third, optional parameter can also be passed along with a feature to provide
* additional information about supporting that feature.
*
* Example usage:
*
* add_post_type_support( 'my_post_type', 'comments' );
* add_post_type_support( 'my_post_type', array(
* 'author', 'excerpt',
* ) );
* add_post_type_support( 'my_post_type', 'my_feature', array(
* 'field' => 'value',
* ) );
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 5.3.0 Formalized the existing and already documented `...$args` parameter
* by adding it to the function signature.
*
* @global array $_wp_post_type_features
*
* @param string $post_type The post type for which to add the feature.
* @param string|array $feature The feature being added, accepts an array of
* feature strings or a single string.
* @param mixed ...$args Optional extra arguments to pass along with certain features.
*/
function add_post_type_support( $post_type, $feature, ...$args ) {
global $_wp_post_type_features;
$features = (array) $feature;
foreach ( $features as $feature ) {
if ( $args ) {
$_wp_post_type_features[ $post_type ][ $feature ] = $args;
} else {
$_wp_post_type_features[ $post_type ][ $feature ] = true;
}
}
}
/**
* Removes support for a feature from a post type.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global array $_wp_post_type_features
*
* @param string $post_type The post type for which to remove the feature.
* @param string $feature The feature being removed.
*/
function remove_post_type_support( $post_type, $feature ) {
global $_wp_post_type_features;
unset( $_wp_post_type_features[ $post_type ][ $feature ] );
}
/**
* Gets all the post type features
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @global array $_wp_post_type_features
*
* @param string $post_type The post type.
* @return array Post type supports list.
*/
function get_all_post_type_supports( $post_type ) {
global $_wp_post_type_features;
if ( isset( $_wp_post_type_features[ $post_type ] ) ) {
return $_wp_post_type_features[ $post_type ];
}
return array();
}
/**
* Checks a post type's support for a given feature.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global array $_wp_post_type_features
*
* @param string $post_type The post type being checked.
* @param string $feature The feature being checked.
* @return bool Whether the post type supports the given feature.
*/
function post_type_supports( $post_type, $feature ) {
global $_wp_post_type_features;
return ( isset( $_wp_post_type_features[ $post_type ][ $feature ] ) );
}
/**
* Retrieves a list of post type names that support a specific feature.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @global array $_wp_post_type_features Post type features
*
* @param array|string $feature Single feature or an array of features the post types should support.
* @param string $operator Optional. The logical operation to perform. 'or' means
* only one element from the array needs to match; 'and'
* means all elements must match; 'not' means no elements may
* match. Default 'and'.
* @return string[] A list of post type names.
*/
function get_post_types_by_support( $feature, $operator = 'and' ) {
global $_wp_post_type_features;
$features = array_fill_keys( (array) $feature, true );
return array_keys( wp_filter_object_list( $_wp_post_type_features, $features, $operator ) );
}
/**
* Updates the post type for the post ID.
*
* The page or post cache will be cleaned for the post ID.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. Post ID to change post type. Default 0.
* @param string $post_type Optional. Post type. Accepts 'post' or 'page' to
* name a few. Default 'post'.
* @return int|false Amount of rows changed. Should be 1 for success and 0 for failure.
*/
function set_post_type( $post_id = 0, $post_type = 'post' ) {
global $wpdb;
$post_type = sanitize_post_field( 'post_type', $post_type, $post_id, 'db' );
$return = $wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, array( 'post_type' => $post_type ), array( 'ID' => $post_id ) );
clean_post_cache( $post_id );
return $return;
}
/**
* Determines whether a post type is considered "viewable".
*
* For built-in post types such as posts and pages, the 'public' value will be evaluated.
* For all others, the 'publicly_queryable' value will be used.
*
* @since 4.4.0
* @since 4.5.0 Added the ability to pass a post type name in addition to object.
* @since 4.6.0 Converted the `$post_type` parameter to accept a `WP_Post_Type` object.
* @since 5.9.0 Added `is_post_type_viewable` hook to filter the result.
*
* @param string|WP_Post_Type $post_type Post type name or object.
* @return bool Whether the post type should be considered viewable.
*/
function is_post_type_viewable( $post_type ) {
if ( is_scalar( $post_type ) ) {
$post_type = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
if ( ! $post_type ) {
return false;
}
}
if ( ! is_object( $post_type ) ) {
return false;
}
$is_viewable = $post_type->publicly_queryable || ( $post_type->_builtin && $post_type->public );
/**
* Filters whether a post type is considered "viewable".
*
* The returned filtered value must be a boolean type to ensure
* `is_post_type_viewable()` only returns a boolean. This strictness
* is by design to maintain backwards-compatibility and guard against
* potential type errors in PHP 8.1+. Non-boolean values (even falsey
* and truthy values) will result in the function returning false.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param bool $is_viewable Whether the post type is "viewable" (strict type).
* @param WP_Post_Type $post_type Post type object.
*/
return true === apply_filters( 'is_post_type_viewable', $is_viewable, $post_type );
}
/**
* Determines whether a post status is considered "viewable".
*
* For built-in post statuses such as publish and private, the 'public' value will be evaluated.
* For all others, the 'publicly_queryable' value will be used.
*
* @since 5.7.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added `is_post_status_viewable` hook to filter the result.
*
* @param string|stdClass $post_status Post status name or object.
* @return bool Whether the post status should be considered viewable.
*/
function is_post_status_viewable( $post_status ) {
if ( is_scalar( $post_status ) ) {
$post_status = get_post_status_object( $post_status );
if ( ! $post_status ) {
return false;
}
}
if (
! is_object( $post_status ) ||
$post_status->internal ||
$post_status->protected
) {
return false;
}
$is_viewable = $post_status->publicly_queryable || ( $post_status->_builtin && $post_status->public );
/**
* Filters whether a post status is considered "viewable".
*
* The returned filtered value must be a boolean type to ensure
* `is_post_status_viewable()` only returns a boolean. This strictness
* is by design to maintain backwards-compatibility and guard against
* potential type errors in PHP 8.1+. Non-boolean values (even falsey
* and truthy values) will result in the function returning false.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param bool $is_viewable Whether the post status is "viewable" (strict type).
* @param stdClass $post_status Post status object.
*/
return true === apply_filters( 'is_post_status_viewable', $is_viewable, $post_status );
}
/**
* Determines whether a post is publicly viewable.
*
* Posts are considered publicly viewable if both the post status and post type
* are viewable.
*
* @since 5.7.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Defaults to global $post.
* @return bool Whether the post is publicly viewable.
*/
function is_post_publicly_viewable( $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$post_type = get_post_type( $post );
$post_status = get_post_status( $post );
return is_post_type_viewable( $post_type ) && is_post_status_viewable( $post_status );
}
/**
* Retrieves an array of the latest posts, or posts matching the given criteria.
*
* For more information on the accepted arguments, see the
* {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/reference/classes/wp_query/
* WP_Query} documentation in the Developer Handbook.
*
* The `$ignore_sticky_posts` and `$no_found_rows` arguments are ignored by
* this function and both are set to `true`.
*
* The defaults are as follows:
*
* @since 1.2.0
*
* @see WP_Query
* @see WP_Query::parse_query()
*
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Arguments to retrieve posts. See WP_Query::parse_query() for all available arguments.
*
* @type int $numberposts Total number of posts to retrieve. Is an alias of `$posts_per_page`
* in WP_Query. Accepts -1 for all. Default 5.
* @type int|string $category Category ID or comma-separated list of IDs (this or any children).
* Is an alias of `$cat` in WP_Query. Default 0.
* @type int[] $include An array of post IDs to retrieve, sticky posts will be included.
* Is an alias of `$post__in` in WP_Query. Default empty array.
* @type int[] $exclude An array of post IDs not to retrieve. Default empty array.
* @type bool $suppress_filters Whether to suppress filters. Default true.
* }
* @return WP_Post[]|int[] Array of post objects or post IDs.
*/
function get_posts( $args = null ) {
$defaults = array(
'numberposts' => 5,
'category' => 0,
'orderby' => 'date',
'order' => 'DESC',
'include' => array(),
'exclude' => array(),
'meta_key' => '',
'meta_value' => '',
'post_type' => 'post',
'suppress_filters' => true,
);
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
if ( empty( $parsed_args['post_status'] ) ) {
$parsed_args['post_status'] = ( 'attachment' === $parsed_args['post_type'] ) ? 'inherit' : 'publish';
}
if ( ! empty( $parsed_args['numberposts'] ) && empty( $parsed_args['posts_per_page'] ) ) {
$parsed_args['posts_per_page'] = $parsed_args['numberposts'];
}
if ( ! empty( $parsed_args['category'] ) ) {
$parsed_args['cat'] = $parsed_args['category'];
}
if ( ! empty( $parsed_args['include'] ) ) {
$incposts = wp_parse_id_list( $parsed_args['include'] );
$parsed_args['posts_per_page'] = count( $incposts ); // Only the number of posts included.
$parsed_args['post__in'] = $incposts;
} elseif ( ! empty( $parsed_args['exclude'] ) ) {
$parsed_args['post__not_in'] = wp_parse_id_list( $parsed_args['exclude'] );
}
$parsed_args['ignore_sticky_posts'] = true;
$parsed_args['no_found_rows'] = true;
$get_posts = new WP_Query();
return $get_posts->query( $parsed_args );
}
//
// Post meta functions.
//
/**
* Adds a meta field to the given post.
*
* Post meta data is called "Custom Fields" on the Administration Screen.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $meta_key Metadata name.
* @param mixed $meta_value Metadata value. Must be serializable if non-scalar.
* @param bool $unique Optional. Whether the same key should not be added.
* Default false.
* @return int|false Meta ID on success, false on failure.
*/
function add_post_meta( $post_id, $meta_key, $meta_value, $unique = false ) {
// Make sure meta is added to the post, not a revision.
$the_post = wp_is_post_revision( $post_id );
if ( $the_post ) {
$post_id = $the_post;
}
return add_metadata( 'post', $post_id, $meta_key, $meta_value, $unique );
}
/**
* Deletes a post meta field for the given post ID.
*
* You can match based on the key, or key and value. Removing based on key and
* value, will keep from removing duplicate metadata with the same key. It also
* allows removing all metadata matching the key, if needed.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $meta_key Metadata name.
* @param mixed $meta_value Optional. Metadata value. If provided,
* rows will only be removed that match the value.
* Must be serializable if non-scalar. Default empty.
* @return bool True on success, false on failure.
*/
function delete_post_meta( $post_id, $meta_key, $meta_value = '' ) {
// Make sure meta is deleted from the post, not from a revision.
$the_post = wp_is_post_revision( $post_id );
if ( $the_post ) {
$post_id = $the_post;
}
return delete_metadata( 'post', $post_id, $meta_key, $meta_value );
}
/**
* Retrieves a post meta field for the given post ID.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $key Optional. The meta key to retrieve. By default,
* returns data for all keys. Default empty.
* @param bool $single Optional. Whether to return a single value.
* This parameter has no effect if `$key` is not specified.
* Default false.
* @return mixed An array of values if `$single` is false.
* The value of the meta field if `$single` is true.
* False for an invalid `$post_id` (non-numeric, zero, or negative value).
* An empty string if a valid but non-existing post ID is passed.
*/
function get_post_meta( $post_id, $key = '', $single = false ) {
return get_metadata( 'post', $post_id, $key, $single );
}
/**
* Updates a post meta field based on the given post ID.
*
* Use the `$prev_value` parameter to differentiate between meta fields with the
* same key and post ID.
*
* If the meta field for the post does not exist, it will be added and its ID returned.
*
* Can be used in place of add_post_meta().
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $meta_key Metadata key.
* @param mixed $meta_value Metadata value. Must be serializable if non-scalar.
* @param mixed $prev_value Optional. Previous value to check before updating.
* If specified, only update existing metadata entries with
* this value. Otherwise, update all entries. Default empty.
* @return int|bool Meta ID if the key didn't exist, true on successful update,
* false on failure or if the value passed to the function
* is the same as the one that is already in the database.
*/
function update_post_meta( $post_id, $meta_key, $meta_value, $prev_value = '' ) {
// Make sure meta is updated for the post, not for a revision.
$the_post = wp_is_post_revision( $post_id );
if ( $the_post ) {
$post_id = $the_post;
}
return update_metadata( 'post', $post_id, $meta_key, $meta_value, $prev_value );
}
/**
* Deletes everything from post meta matching the given meta key.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $post_meta_key Key to search for when deleting.
* @return bool Whether the post meta key was deleted from the database.
*/
function delete_post_meta_by_key( $post_meta_key ) {
return delete_metadata( 'post', null, $post_meta_key, '', true );
}
/**
* Registers a meta key for posts.
*
* @since 4.9.8
*
* @param string $post_type Post type to register a meta key for. Pass an empty string
* to register the meta key across all existing post types.
* @param string $meta_key The meta key to register.
* @param array $args Data used to describe the meta key when registered. See
* {@see register_meta()} for a list of supported arguments.
* @return bool True if the meta key was successfully registered, false if not.
*/
function register_post_meta( $post_type, $meta_key, array $args ) {
$args['object_subtype'] = $post_type;
return register_meta( 'post', $meta_key, $args );
}
/**
* Unregisters a meta key for posts.
*
* @since 4.9.8
*
* @param string $post_type Post type the meta key is currently registered for. Pass
* an empty string if the meta key is registered across all
* existing post types.
* @param string $meta_key The meta key to unregister.
* @return bool True on success, false if the meta key was not previously registered.
*/
function unregister_post_meta( $post_type, $meta_key ) {
return unregister_meta_key( 'post', $meta_key, $post_type );
}
/**
* Retrieves post meta fields, based on post ID.
*
* The post meta fields are retrieved from the cache where possible,
* so the function is optimized to be called more than once.
*
* @since 1.2.0
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. Post ID. Default is the ID of the global `$post`.
* @return mixed An array of values.
* False for an invalid `$post_id` (non-numeric, zero, or negative value).
* An empty string if a valid but non-existing post ID is passed.
*/
function get_post_custom( $post_id = 0 ) {
$post_id = absint( $post_id );
if ( ! $post_id ) {
$post_id = get_the_ID();
}
return get_post_meta( $post_id );
}
/**
* Retrieves meta field names for a post.
*
* If there are no meta fields, then nothing (null) will be returned.
*
* @since 1.2.0
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. Post ID. Default is the ID of the global `$post`.
* @return array|void Array of the keys, if retrieved.
*/
function get_post_custom_keys( $post_id = 0 ) {
$custom = get_post_custom( $post_id );
if ( ! is_array( $custom ) ) {
return;
}
$keys = array_keys( $custom );
if ( $keys ) {
return $keys;
}
}
/**
* Retrieves values for a custom post field.
*
* The parameters must not be considered optional. All of the post meta fields
* will be retrieved and only the meta field key values returned.
*
* @since 1.2.0
*
* @param string $key Optional. Meta field key. Default empty.
* @param int $post_id Optional. Post ID. Default is the ID of the global `$post`.
* @return array|null Meta field values.
*/
function get_post_custom_values( $key = '', $post_id = 0 ) {
if ( ! $key ) {
return null;
}
$custom = get_post_custom( $post_id );
return isset( $custom[ $key ] ) ? $custom[ $key ] : null;
}
/**
* Determines whether a post is sticky.
*
* Sticky posts should remain at the top of The Loop. If the post ID is not
* given, then The Loop ID for the current post will be used.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. Post ID. Default is the ID of the global `$post`.
* @return bool Whether post is sticky.
*/
function is_sticky( $post_id = 0 ) {
$post_id = absint( $post_id );
if ( ! $post_id ) {
$post_id = get_the_ID();
}
$stickies = get_option( 'sticky_posts' );
if ( is_array( $stickies ) ) {
$stickies = array_map( 'intval', $stickies );
$is_sticky = in_array( $post_id, $stickies, true );
} else {
$is_sticky = false;
}
/**
* Filters whether a post is sticky.
*
* @since 5.3.0
*
* @param bool $is_sticky Whether a post is sticky.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'is_sticky', $is_sticky, $post_id );
}
/**
* Sanitizes every post field.
*
* If the context is 'raw', then the post object or array will get minimal
* sanitization of the integer fields.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @see sanitize_post_field()
*
* @param object|WP_Post|array $post The post object or array
* @param string $context Optional. How to sanitize post fields.
* Accepts 'raw', 'edit', 'db', 'display',
* 'attribute', or 'js'. Default 'display'.
* @return object|WP_Post|array The now sanitized post object or array (will be the
* same type as `$post`).
*/
function sanitize_post( $post, $context = 'display' ) {
if ( is_object( $post ) ) {
// Check if post already filtered for this context.
if ( isset( $post->filter ) && $context == $post->filter ) {
return $post;
}
if ( ! isset( $post->ID ) ) {
$post->ID = 0;
}
foreach ( array_keys( get_object_vars( $post ) ) as $field ) {
$post->$field = sanitize_post_field( $field, $post->$field, $post->ID, $context );
}
$post->filter = $context;
} elseif ( is_array( $post ) ) {
// Check if post already filtered for this context.
if ( isset( $post['filter'] ) && $context == $post['filter'] ) {
return $post;
}
if ( ! isset( $post['ID'] ) ) {
$post['ID'] = 0;
}
foreach ( array_keys( $post ) as $field ) {
$post[ $field ] = sanitize_post_field( $field, $post[ $field ], $post['ID'], $context );
}
$post['filter'] = $context;
}
return $post;
}
/**
* Sanitizes a post field based on context.
*
* Possible context values are: 'raw', 'edit', 'db', 'display', 'attribute' and
* 'js'. The 'display' context is used by default. 'attribute' and 'js' contexts
* are treated like 'display' when calling filters.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.4.0 Like `sanitize_post()`, `$context` defaults to 'display'.
*
* @param string $field The Post Object field name.
* @param mixed $value The Post Object value.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $context Optional. How to sanitize the field. Possible values are 'raw', 'edit',
* 'db', 'display', 'attribute' and 'js'. Default 'display'.
* @return mixed Sanitized value.
*/
function sanitize_post_field( $field, $value, $post_id, $context = 'display' ) {
$int_fields = array( 'ID', 'post_parent', 'menu_order' );
if ( in_array( $field, $int_fields, true ) ) {
$value = (int) $value;
}
// Fields which contain arrays of integers.
$array_int_fields = array( 'ancestors' );
if ( in_array( $field, $array_int_fields, true ) ) {
$value = array_map( 'absint', $value );
return $value;
}
if ( 'raw' === $context ) {
return $value;
}
$prefixed = false;
if ( str_contains( $field, 'post_' ) ) {
$prefixed = true;
$field_no_prefix = str_replace( 'post_', '', $field );
}
if ( 'edit' === $context ) {
$format_to_edit = array( 'post_content', 'post_excerpt', 'post_title', 'post_password' );
if ( $prefixed ) {
/**
* Filters the value of a specific post field to edit.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field`, refers to the post
* field name.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the post field.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "edit_{$field}", $value, $post_id );
/**
* Filters the value of a specific post field to edit.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field_no_prefix`, refers to
* the post field name.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the post field.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "{$field_no_prefix}_edit_pre", $value, $post_id );
} else {
$value = apply_filters( "edit_post_{$field}", $value, $post_id );
}
if ( in_array( $field, $format_to_edit, true ) ) {
if ( 'post_content' === $field ) {
$value = format_to_edit( $value, user_can_richedit() );
} else {
$value = format_to_edit( $value );
}
} else {
$value = esc_attr( $value );
}
} elseif ( 'db' === $context ) {
if ( $prefixed ) {
/**
* Filters the value of a specific post field before saving.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field`, refers to the post
* field name.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the post field.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "pre_{$field}", $value );
/**
* Filters the value of a specific field before saving.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field_no_prefix`, refers
* to the post field name.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the post field.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "{$field_no_prefix}_save_pre", $value );
} else {
$value = apply_filters( "pre_post_{$field}", $value );
/**
* Filters the value of a specific post field before saving.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field`, refers to the post
* field name.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the post field.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "{$field}_pre", $value );
}
} else {
// Use display filters by default.
if ( $prefixed ) {
/**
* Filters the value of a specific post field for display.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field`, refers to the post
* field name.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the prefixed post field.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $context Context for how to sanitize the field.
* Accepts 'raw', 'edit', 'db', 'display',
* 'attribute', or 'js'. Default 'display'.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "{$field}", $value, $post_id, $context );
} else {
$value = apply_filters( "post_{$field}", $value, $post_id, $context );
}
if ( 'attribute' === $context ) {
$value = esc_attr( $value );
} elseif ( 'js' === $context ) {
$value = esc_js( $value );
}
}
// Restore the type for integer fields after esc_attr().
if ( in_array( $field, $int_fields, true ) ) {
$value = (int) $value;
}
return $value;
}
/**
* Makes a post sticky.
*
* Sticky posts should be displayed at the top of the front page.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
function stick_post( $post_id ) {
$post_id = (int) $post_id;
$stickies = get_option( 'sticky_posts' );
$updated = false;
if ( ! is_array( $stickies ) ) {
$stickies = array();
} else {
$stickies = array_unique( array_map( 'intval', $stickies ) );
}
if ( ! in_array( $post_id, $stickies, true ) ) {
$stickies[] = $post_id;
$updated = update_option( 'sticky_posts', array_values( $stickies ) );
}
if ( $updated ) {
/**
* Fires once a post has been added to the sticky list.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @param int $post_id ID of the post that was stuck.
*/
do_action( 'post_stuck', $post_id );
}
}
/**
* Un-sticks a post.
*
* Sticky posts should be displayed at the top of the front page.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
function unstick_post( $post_id ) {
$post_id = (int) $post_id;
$stickies = get_option( 'sticky_posts' );
if ( ! is_array( $stickies ) ) {
return;
}
$stickies = array_values( array_unique( array_map( 'intval', $stickies ) ) );
if ( ! in_array( $post_id, $stickies, true ) ) {
return;
}
$offset = array_search( $post_id, $stickies, true );
if ( false === $offset ) {
return;
}
array_splice( $stickies, $offset, 1 );
$updated = update_option( 'sticky_posts', $stickies );
if ( $updated ) {
/**
* Fires once a post has been removed from the sticky list.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @param int $post_id ID of the post that was unstuck.
*/
do_action( 'post_unstuck', $post_id );
}
}
/**
* Returns the cache key for wp_count_posts() based on the passed arguments.
*
* @since 3.9.0
* @access private
*
* @param string $type Optional. Post type to retrieve count Default 'post'.
* @param string $perm Optional. 'readable' or empty. Default empty.
* @return string The cache key.
*/
function _count_posts_cache_key( $type = 'post', $perm = '' ) {
$cache_key = 'posts-' . $type;
if ( 'readable' === $perm && is_user_logged_in() ) {
$post_type_object = get_post_type_object( $type );
if ( $post_type_object && ! current_user_can( $post_type_object->cap->read_private_posts ) ) {
$cache_key .= '_' . $perm . '_' . get_current_user_id();
}
}
return $cache_key;
}
/**
* Counts number of posts of a post type and if user has permissions to view.
*
* This function provides an efficient method of finding the amount of post's
* type a blog has. Another method is to count the amount of items in
* get_posts(), but that method has a lot of overhead with doing so. Therefore,
* when developing for 2.5+, use this function instead.
*
* The $perm parameter checks for 'readable' value and if the user can read
* private posts, it will display that for the user that is signed in.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string $type Optional. Post type to retrieve count. Default 'post'.
* @param string $perm Optional. 'readable' or empty. Default empty.
* @return stdClass An object containing the number of posts for each status,
* or an empty object if the post type does not exist.
*/
function wp_count_posts( $type = 'post', $perm = '' ) {
global $wpdb;
if ( ! post_type_exists( $type ) ) {
return new stdClass();
}
$cache_key = _count_posts_cache_key( $type, $perm );
$counts = wp_cache_get( $cache_key, 'counts' );
if ( false !== $counts ) {
// We may have cached this before every status was registered.
foreach ( get_post_stati() as $status ) {
if ( ! isset( $counts->{$status} ) ) {
$counts->{$status} = 0;
}
}
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/post.php */
return apply_filters( 'wp_count_posts', $counts, $type, $perm );
}
$query = "SELECT post_status, COUNT( * ) AS num_posts FROM {$wpdb->posts} WHERE post_type = %s";
if ( 'readable' === $perm && is_user_logged_in() ) {
$post_type_object = get_post_type_object( $type );
if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type_object->cap->read_private_posts ) ) {
$query .= $wpdb->prepare(
" AND (post_status != 'private' OR ( post_author = %d AND post_status = 'private' ))",
get_current_user_id()
);
}
}
$query .= ' GROUP BY post_status';
$results = (array) $wpdb->get_results( $wpdb->prepare( $query, $type ), ARRAY_A );
$counts = array_fill_keys( get_post_stati(), 0 );
foreach ( $results as $row ) {
$counts[ $row['post_status'] ] = $row['num_posts'];
}
$counts = (object) $counts;
wp_cache_set( $cache_key, $counts, 'counts' );
/**
* Filters the post counts by status for the current post type.
*
* @since 3.7.0
*
* @param stdClass $counts An object containing the current post_type's post
* counts by status.
* @param string $type Post type.
* @param string $perm The permission to determine if the posts are 'readable'
* by the current user.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_count_posts', $counts, $type, $perm );
}
/**
* Counts number of attachments for the mime type(s).
*
* If you set the optional mime_type parameter, then an array will still be
* returned, but will only have the item you are looking for. It does not give
* you the number of attachments that are children of a post. You can get that
* by counting the number of children that post has.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string|string[] $mime_type Optional. Array or comma-separated list of
* MIME patterns. Default empty.
* @return stdClass An object containing the attachment counts by mime type.
*/
function wp_count_attachments( $mime_type = '' ) {
global $wpdb;
$cache_key = sprintf(
'attachments%s',
! empty( $mime_type ) ? ':' . str_replace( '/', '_', implode( '-', (array) $mime_type ) ) : ''
);
$counts = wp_cache_get( $cache_key, 'counts' );
if ( false == $counts ) {
$and = wp_post_mime_type_where( $mime_type );
$count = $wpdb->get_results( "SELECT post_mime_type, COUNT( * ) AS num_posts FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_type = 'attachment' AND post_status != 'trash' $and GROUP BY post_mime_type", ARRAY_A );
$counts = array();
foreach ( (array) $count as $row ) {
$counts[ $row['post_mime_type'] ] = $row['num_posts'];
}
$counts['trash'] = $wpdb->get_var( "SELECT COUNT( * ) FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_type = 'attachment' AND post_status = 'trash' $and" );
wp_cache_set( $cache_key, (object) $counts, 'counts' );
}
/**
* Filters the attachment counts by mime type.
*
* @since 3.7.0
*
* @param stdClass $counts An object containing the attachment counts by
* mime type.
* @param string|string[] $mime_type Array or comma-separated list of MIME patterns.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_count_attachments', (object) $counts, $mime_type );
}
/**
* Gets default post mime types.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 5.3.0 Added the 'Documents', 'Spreadsheets', and 'Archives' mime type groups.
*
* @return array List of post mime types.
*/
function get_post_mime_types() {
$post_mime_types = array( // array( adj, noun )
'image' => array(
__( 'Images' ),
__( 'Manage Images' ),
/* translators: %s: Number of images. */
_n_noop(
'Image (%s)',
'Images (%s)'
),
),
'audio' => array(
_x( 'Audio', 'file type group' ),
__( 'Manage Audio' ),
/* translators: %s: Number of audio files. */
_n_noop(
'Audio (%s)',
'Audio (%s)'
),
),
'video' => array(
_x( 'Video', 'file type group' ),
__( 'Manage Video' ),
/* translators: %s: Number of video files. */
_n_noop(
'Video (%s)',
'Video (%s)'
),
),
'document' => array(
__( 'Documents' ),
__( 'Manage Documents' ),
/* translators: %s: Number of documents. */
_n_noop(
'Document (%s)',
'Documents (%s)'
),
),
'spreadsheet' => array(
__( 'Spreadsheets' ),
__( 'Manage Spreadsheets' ),
/* translators: %s: Number of spreadsheets. */
_n_noop(
'Spreadsheet (%s)',
'Spreadsheets (%s)'
),
),
'archive' => array(
_x( 'Archives', 'file type group' ),
__( 'Manage Archives' ),
/* translators: %s: Number of archives. */
_n_noop(
'Archive (%s)',
'Archives (%s)'
),
),
);
$ext_types = wp_get_ext_types();
$mime_types = wp_get_mime_types();
foreach ( $post_mime_types as $group => $labels ) {
if ( in_array( $group, array( 'image', 'audio', 'video' ), true ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( ! isset( $ext_types[ $group ] ) ) {
unset( $post_mime_types[ $group ] );
continue;
}
$group_mime_types = array();
foreach ( $ext_types[ $group ] as $extension ) {
foreach ( $mime_types as $exts => $mime ) {
if ( preg_match( '!^(' . $exts . ')$!i', $extension ) ) {
$group_mime_types[] = $mime;
break;
}
}
}
$group_mime_types = implode( ',', array_unique( $group_mime_types ) );
$post_mime_types[ $group_mime_types ] = $labels;
unset( $post_mime_types[ $group ] );
}
/**
* Filters the default list of post mime types.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param array $post_mime_types Default list of post mime types.
*/
return apply_filters( 'post_mime_types', $post_mime_types );
}
/**
* Checks a MIME-Type against a list.
*
* If the `$wildcard_mime_types` parameter is a string, it must be comma separated
* list. If the `$real_mime_types` is a string, it is also comma separated to
* create the list.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string|string[] $wildcard_mime_types Mime types, e.g. `audio/mpeg`, `image` (same as `image/*`),
* or `flash` (same as `*flash*`).
* @param string|string[] $real_mime_types Real post mime type values.
* @return array array(wildcard=>array(real types)).
*/
function wp_match_mime_types( $wildcard_mime_types, $real_mime_types ) {
$matches = array();
if ( is_string( $wildcard_mime_types ) ) {
$wildcard_mime_types = array_map( 'trim', explode( ',', $wildcard_mime_types ) );
}
if ( is_string( $real_mime_types ) ) {
$real_mime_types = array_map( 'trim', explode( ',', $real_mime_types ) );
}
$patternses = array();
$wild = '[-._a-z0-9]*';
foreach ( (array) $wildcard_mime_types as $type ) {
$mimes = array_map( 'trim', explode( ',', $type ) );
foreach ( $mimes as $mime ) {
$regex = str_replace( '__wildcard__', $wild, preg_quote( str_replace( '*', '__wildcard__', $mime ) ) );
$patternses[][ $type ] = "^$regex$";
if ( ! str_contains( $mime, '/' ) ) {
$patternses[][ $type ] = "^$regex/";
$patternses[][ $type ] = $regex;
}
}
}
asort( $patternses );
foreach ( $patternses as $patterns ) {
foreach ( $patterns as $type => $pattern ) {
foreach ( (array) $real_mime_types as $real ) {
if ( preg_match( "#$pattern#", $real )
&& ( empty( $matches[ $type ] ) || false === array_search( $real, $matches[ $type ], true ) )
) {
$matches[ $type ][] = $real;
}
}
}
}
return $matches;
}
/**
* Converts MIME types into SQL.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string|string[] $post_mime_types List of mime types or comma separated string
* of mime types.
* @param string $table_alias Optional. Specify a table alias, if needed.
* Default empty.
* @return string The SQL AND clause for mime searching.
*/
function wp_post_mime_type_where( $post_mime_types, $table_alias = '' ) {
$where = '';
$wildcards = array( '', '%', '%/%' );
if ( is_string( $post_mime_types ) ) {
$post_mime_types = array_map( 'trim', explode( ',', $post_mime_types ) );
}
$where_clauses = array();
foreach ( (array) $post_mime_types as $mime_type ) {
$mime_type = preg_replace( '/\s/', '', $mime_type );
$slashpos = strpos( $mime_type, '/' );
if ( false !== $slashpos ) {
$mime_group = preg_replace( '/[^-*.a-zA-Z0-9]/', '', substr( $mime_type, 0, $slashpos ) );
$mime_subgroup = preg_replace( '/[^-*.+a-zA-Z0-9]/', '', substr( $mime_type, $slashpos + 1 ) );
if ( empty( $mime_subgroup ) ) {
$mime_subgroup = '*';
} else {
$mime_subgroup = str_replace( '/', '', $mime_subgroup );
}
$mime_pattern = "$mime_group/$mime_subgroup";
} else {
$mime_pattern = preg_replace( '/[^-*.a-zA-Z0-9]/', '', $mime_type );
if ( ! str_contains( $mime_pattern, '*' ) ) {
$mime_pattern .= '/*';
}
}
$mime_pattern = preg_replace( '/\*+/', '%', $mime_pattern );
if ( in_array( $mime_type, $wildcards, true ) ) {
return '';
}
if ( str_contains( $mime_pattern, '%' ) ) {
$where_clauses[] = empty( $table_alias ) ? "post_mime_type LIKE '$mime_pattern'" : "$table_alias.post_mime_type LIKE '$mime_pattern'";
} else {
$where_clauses[] = empty( $table_alias ) ? "post_mime_type = '$mime_pattern'" : "$table_alias.post_mime_type = '$mime_pattern'";
}
}
if ( ! empty( $where_clauses ) ) {
$where = ' AND (' . implode( ' OR ', $where_clauses ) . ') ';
}
return $where;
}
/**
* Trashes or deletes a post or page.
*
* When the post and page is permanently deleted, everything that is tied to
* it is deleted also. This includes comments, post meta fields, and terms
* associated with the post.
*
* The post or page is moved to Trash instead of permanently deleted unless
* Trash is disabled, item is already in the Trash, or $force_delete is true.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
* @see wp_delete_attachment()
* @see wp_trash_post()
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. Post ID. Default 0.
* @param bool $force_delete Optional. Whether to bypass Trash and force deletion.
* Default false.
* @return WP_Post|false|null Post data on success, false or null on failure.
*/
function wp_delete_post( $post_id = 0, $force_delete = false ) {
global $wpdb;
$post = $wpdb->get_row( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT * FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE ID = %d", $post_id ) );
if ( ! $post ) {
return $post;
}
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $force_delete
&& ( 'post' === $post->post_type || 'page' === $post->post_type )
&& 'trash' !== get_post_status( $post_id ) && EMPTY_TRASH_DAYS
) {
return wp_trash_post( $post_id );
}
if ( 'attachment' === $post->post_type ) {
return wp_delete_attachment( $post_id, $force_delete );
}
/**
* Filters whether a post deletion should take place.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param WP_Post|false|null $delete Whether to go forward with deletion.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
* @param bool $force_delete Whether to bypass the Trash.
*/
$check = apply_filters( 'pre_delete_post', null, $post, $force_delete );
if ( null !== $check ) {
return $check;
}
/**
* Fires before a post is deleted, at the start of wp_delete_post().
*
* @since 3.2.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @see wp_delete_post()
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( 'before_delete_post', $post_id, $post );
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_status' );
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_time' );
wp_delete_object_term_relationships( $post_id, get_object_taxonomies( $post->post_type ) );
$parent_data = array( 'post_parent' => $post->post_parent );
$parent_where = array( 'post_parent' => $post_id );
if ( is_post_type_hierarchical( $post->post_type ) ) {
// Point children of this page to its parent, also clean the cache of affected children.
$children_query = $wpdb->prepare(
"SELECT * FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_parent = %d AND post_type = %s",
$post_id,
$post->post_type
);
$children = $wpdb->get_results( $children_query );
if ( $children ) {
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, $parent_data, $parent_where + array( 'post_type' => $post->post_type ) );
}
}
// Do raw query. wp_get_post_revisions() is filtered.
$revision_ids = $wpdb->get_col(
$wpdb->prepare( "SELECT ID FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_parent = %d AND post_type = 'revision'", $post_id )
);
// Use wp_delete_post (via wp_delete_post_revision) again. Ensures any meta/misplaced data gets cleaned up.
foreach ( $revision_ids as $revision_id ) {
wp_delete_post_revision( $revision_id );
}
// Point all attachments to this post up one level.
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, $parent_data, $parent_where + array( 'post_type' => 'attachment' ) );
wp_defer_comment_counting( true );
$comment_ids = $wpdb->get_col(
$wpdb->prepare( "SELECT comment_ID FROM $wpdb->comments WHERE comment_post_ID = %d ORDER BY comment_ID DESC", $post_id )
);
foreach ( $comment_ids as $comment_id ) {
wp_delete_comment( $comment_id, true );
}
wp_defer_comment_counting( false );
$post_meta_ids = $wpdb->get_col(
$wpdb->prepare( "SELECT meta_id FROM $wpdb->postmeta WHERE post_id = %d ", $post_id )
);
foreach ( $post_meta_ids as $mid ) {
delete_metadata_by_mid( 'post', $mid );
}
/**
* Fires immediately before a post is deleted from the database.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$post->post_type`, refers to
* the post type slug.
*
* @since 6.6.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( "delete_post_{$post->post_type}", $post_id, $post );
/**
* Fires immediately before a post is deleted from the database.
*
* @since 1.2.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( 'delete_post', $post_id, $post );
$result = $wpdb->delete( $wpdb->posts, array( 'ID' => $post_id ) );
if ( ! $result ) {
return false;
}
/**
* Fires immediately after a post is deleted from the database.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$post->post_type`, refers to
* the post type slug.
*
* @since 6.6.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( "deleted_post_{$post->post_type}", $post_id, $post );
/**
* Fires immediately after a post is deleted from the database.
*
* @since 2.2.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( 'deleted_post', $post_id, $post );
clean_post_cache( $post );
if ( is_post_type_hierarchical( $post->post_type ) && $children ) {
foreach ( $children as $child ) {
clean_post_cache( $child );
}
}
wp_clear_scheduled_hook( 'publish_future_post', array( $post_id ) );
/**
* Fires after a post is deleted, at the conclusion of wp_delete_post().
*
* @since 3.2.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @see wp_delete_post()
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( 'after_delete_post', $post_id, $post );
return $post;
}
/**
* Resets the page_on_front, show_on_front, and page_for_post settings when
* a linked page is deleted or trashed.
*
* Also ensures the post is no longer sticky.
*
* @since 3.7.0
* @access private
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
function _reset_front_page_settings_for_post( $post_id ) {
$post = get_post( $post_id );
if ( 'page' === $post->post_type ) {
/*
* If the page is defined in option page_on_front or post_for_posts,
* adjust the corresponding options.
*/
if ( get_option( 'page_on_front' ) == $post->ID ) {
update_option( 'show_on_front', 'posts' );
update_option( 'page_on_front', 0 );
}
if ( get_option( 'page_for_posts' ) == $post->ID ) {
update_option( 'page_for_posts', 0 );
}
}
unstick_post( $post->ID );
}
/**
* Moves a post or page to the Trash
*
* If Trash is disabled, the post or page is permanently deleted.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @see wp_delete_post()
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. Post ID. Default is the ID of the global `$post`
* if `EMPTY_TRASH_DAYS` equals true.
* @return WP_Post|false|null Post data on success, false or null on failure.
*/
function wp_trash_post( $post_id = 0 ) {
if ( ! EMPTY_TRASH_DAYS ) {
return wp_delete_post( $post_id, true );
}
$post = get_post( $post_id );
if ( ! $post ) {
return $post;
}
if ( 'trash' === $post->post_status ) {
return false;
}
$previous_status = $post->post_status;
/**
* Filters whether a post trashing should take place.
*
* @since 4.9.0
* @since 6.3.0 Added the `$previous_status` parameter.
*
* @param bool|null $trash Whether to go forward with trashing.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
* @param string $previous_status The status of the post about to be trashed.
*/
$check = apply_filters( 'pre_trash_post', null, $post, $previous_status );
if ( null !== $check ) {
return $check;
}
/**
* Fires before a post is sent to the Trash.
*
* @since 3.3.0
* @since 6.3.0 Added the `$previous_status` parameter.
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $previous_status The status of the post about to be trashed.
*/
do_action( 'wp_trash_post', $post_id, $previous_status );
add_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_status', $previous_status );
add_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_time', time() );
$post_updated = wp_update_post(
array(
'ID' => $post_id,
'post_status' => 'trash',
)
);
if ( ! $post_updated ) {
return false;
}
wp_trash_post_comments( $post_id );
/**
* Fires after a post is sent to the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 6.3.0 Added the `$previous_status` parameter.
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $previous_status The status of the post at the point where it was trashed.
*/
do_action( 'trashed_post', $post_id, $previous_status );
return $post;
}
/**
* Restores a post from the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 5.6.0 An untrashed post is now returned to 'draft' status by default, except for
* attachments which are returned to their original 'inherit' status.
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. Post ID. Default is the ID of the global `$post`.
* @return WP_Post|false|null Post data on success, false or null on failure.
*/
function wp_untrash_post( $post_id = 0 ) {
$post = get_post( $post_id );
if ( ! $post ) {
return $post;
}
$post_id = $post->ID;
if ( 'trash' !== $post->post_status ) {
return false;
}
$previous_status = get_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_status', true );
/**
* Filters whether a post untrashing should take place.
*
* @since 4.9.0
* @since 5.6.0 Added the `$previous_status` parameter.
*
* @param bool|null $untrash Whether to go forward with untrashing.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
* @param string $previous_status The status of the post at the point where it was trashed.
*/
$check = apply_filters( 'pre_untrash_post', null, $post, $previous_status );
if ( null !== $check ) {
return $check;
}
/**
* Fires before a post is restored from the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 5.6.0 Added the `$previous_status` parameter.
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $previous_status The status of the post at the point where it was trashed.
*/
do_action( 'untrash_post', $post_id, $previous_status );
$new_status = ( 'attachment' === $post->post_type ) ? 'inherit' : 'draft';
/**
* Filters the status that a post gets assigned when it is restored from the trash (untrashed).
*
* By default posts that are restored will be assigned a status of 'draft'. Return the value of `$previous_status`
* in order to assign the status that the post had before it was trashed. The `wp_untrash_post_set_previous_status()`
* function is available for this.
*
* Prior to WordPress 5.6.0, restored posts were always assigned their original status.
*
* @since 5.6.0
*
* @param string $new_status The new status of the post being restored.
* @param int $post_id The ID of the post being restored.
* @param string $previous_status The status of the post at the point where it was trashed.
*/
$post_status = apply_filters( 'wp_untrash_post_status', $new_status, $post_id, $previous_status );
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_status' );
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_time' );
$post_updated = wp_update_post(
array(
'ID' => $post_id,
'post_status' => $post_status,
)
);
if ( ! $post_updated ) {
return false;
}
wp_untrash_post_comments( $post_id );
/**
* Fires after a post is restored from the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 5.6.0 Added the `$previous_status` parameter.
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $previous_status The status of the post at the point where it was trashed.
*/
do_action( 'untrashed_post', $post_id, $previous_status );
return $post;
}
/**
* Moves comments for a post to the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Defaults to global $post.
* @return mixed|void False on failure.
*/
function wp_trash_post_comments( $post = null ) {
global $wpdb;
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return;
}
$post_id = $post->ID;
/**
* Fires before comments are sent to the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
do_action( 'trash_post_comments', $post_id );
$comments = $wpdb->get_results( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT comment_ID, comment_approved FROM $wpdb->comments WHERE comment_post_ID = %d", $post_id ) );
if ( ! $comments ) {
return;
}
// Cache current status for each comment.
$statuses = array();
foreach ( $comments as $comment ) {
$statuses[ $comment->comment_ID ] = $comment->comment_approved;
}
add_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_comments_status', $statuses );
// Set status for all comments to post-trashed.
$result = $wpdb->update( $wpdb->comments, array( 'comment_approved' => 'post-trashed' ), array( 'comment_post_ID' => $post_id ) );
clean_comment_cache( array_keys( $statuses ) );
/**
* Fires after comments are sent to the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param array $statuses Array of comment statuses.
*/
do_action( 'trashed_post_comments', $post_id, $statuses );
return $result;
}
/**
* Restores comments for a post from the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Defaults to global $post.
* @return true|void
*/
function wp_untrash_post_comments( $post = null ) {
global $wpdb;
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return;
}
$post_id = $post->ID;
$statuses = get_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_comments_status', true );
if ( ! $statuses ) {
return true;
}
/**
* Fires before comments are restored for a post from the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
do_action( 'untrash_post_comments', $post_id );
// Restore each comment to its original status.
$group_by_status = array();
foreach ( $statuses as $comment_id => $comment_status ) {
$group_by_status[ $comment_status ][] = $comment_id;
}
foreach ( $group_by_status as $status => $comments ) {
// Confidence check. This shouldn't happen.
if ( 'post-trashed' === $status ) {
$status = '0';
}
$comments_in = implode( ', ', array_map( 'intval', $comments ) );
$wpdb->query( $wpdb->prepare( "UPDATE $wpdb->comments SET comment_approved = %s WHERE comment_ID IN ($comments_in)", $status ) );
}
clean_comment_cache( array_keys( $statuses ) );
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_comments_status' );
/**
* Fires after comments are restored for a post from the Trash.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
do_action( 'untrashed_post_comments', $post_id );
}
/**
* Retrieves the list of categories for a post.
*
* Compatibility layer for themes and plugins. Also an easy layer of abstraction
* away from the complexity of the taxonomy layer.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @see wp_get_object_terms()
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. The Post ID. Does not default to the ID of the
* global $post. Default 0.
* @param array $args Optional. Category query parameters. Default empty array.
* See WP_Term_Query::__construct() for supported arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error List of categories. If the `$fields` argument passed via `$args` is 'all' or
* 'all_with_object_id', an array of WP_Term objects will be returned. If `$fields`
* is 'ids', an array of category IDs. If `$fields` is 'names', an array of category names.
* WP_Error object if 'category' taxonomy doesn't exist.
*/
function wp_get_post_categories( $post_id = 0, $args = array() ) {
$post_id = (int) $post_id;
$defaults = array( 'fields' => 'ids' );
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$cats = wp_get_object_terms( $post_id, 'category', $args );
return $cats;
}
/**
* Retrieves the tags for a post.
*
* There is only one default for this function, called 'fields' and by default
* is set to 'all'. There are other defaults that can be overridden in
* wp_get_object_terms().
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. The Post ID. Does not default to the ID of the
* global $post. Default 0.
* @param array $args Optional. Tag query parameters. Default empty array.
* See WP_Term_Query::__construct() for supported arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error Array of WP_Term objects on success or empty array if no tags were found.
* WP_Error object if 'post_tag' taxonomy doesn't exist.
*/
function wp_get_post_tags( $post_id = 0, $args = array() ) {
return wp_get_post_terms( $post_id, 'post_tag', $args );
}
/**
* Retrieves the terms for a post.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. The Post ID. Does not default to the ID of the
* global $post. Default 0.
* @param string|string[] $taxonomy Optional. The taxonomy slug or array of slugs for which
* to retrieve terms. Default 'post_tag'.
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Term query parameters. See WP_Term_Query::__construct() for supported arguments.
*
* @type string $fields Term fields to retrieve. Default 'all'.
* }
* @return array|WP_Error Array of WP_Term objects on success or empty array if no terms were found.
* WP_Error object if `$taxonomy` doesn't exist.
*/
function wp_get_post_terms( $post_id = 0, $taxonomy = 'post_tag', $args = array() ) {
$post_id = (int) $post_id;
$defaults = array( 'fields' => 'all' );
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$tags = wp_get_object_terms( $post_id, $taxonomy, $args );
return $tags;
}
/**
* Retrieves a number of recent posts.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @see get_posts()
*
* @param array $args Optional. Arguments to retrieve posts. Default empty array.
* @param string $output Optional. The required return type. One of OBJECT or ARRAY_A, which
* correspond to a WP_Post object or an associative array, respectively.
* Default ARRAY_A.
* @return array|false Array of recent posts, where the type of each element is determined
* by the `$output` parameter. Empty array on failure.
*/
function wp_get_recent_posts( $args = array(), $output = ARRAY_A ) {
if ( is_numeric( $args ) ) {
_deprecated_argument( __FUNCTION__, '3.1.0', __( 'Passing an integer number of posts is deprecated. Pass an array of arguments instead.' ) );
$args = array( 'numberposts' => absint( $args ) );
}
// Set default arguments.
$defaults = array(
'numberposts' => 10,
'offset' => 0,
'category' => 0,
'orderby' => 'post_date',
'order' => 'DESC',
'include' => '',
'exclude' => '',
'meta_key' => '',
'meta_value' => '',
'post_type' => 'post',
'post_status' => 'draft, publish, future, pending, private',
'suppress_filters' => true,
);
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$results = get_posts( $parsed_args );
// Backward compatibility. Prior to 3.1 expected posts to be returned in array.
if ( ARRAY_A === $output ) {
foreach ( $results as $key => $result ) {
$results[ $key ] = get_object_vars( $result );
}
return $results ? $results : array();
}
return $results ? $results : false;
}
/**
* Inserts or update a post.
*
* If the $postarr parameter has 'ID' set to a value, then post will be updated.
*
* You can set the post date manually, by setting the values for 'post_date'
* and 'post_date_gmt' keys. You can close the comments or open the comments by
* setting the value for 'comment_status' key.
*
* @since 1.0.0
* @since 2.6.0 Added the `$wp_error` parameter to allow a WP_Error to be returned on failure.
* @since 4.2.0 Support was added for encoding emoji in the post title, content, and excerpt.
* @since 4.4.0 A 'meta_input' array can now be passed to `$postarr` to add post meta data.
* @since 5.6.0 Added the `$fire_after_hooks` parameter.
*
* @see sanitize_post()
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param array $postarr {
* An array of elements that make up a post to update or insert.
*
* @type int $ID The post ID. If equal to something other than 0,
* the post with that ID will be updated. Default 0.
* @type int $post_author The ID of the user who added the post. Default is
* the current user ID.
* @type string $post_date The date of the post. Default is the current time.
* @type string $post_date_gmt The date of the post in the GMT timezone. Default is
* the value of `$post_date`.
* @type string $post_content The post content. Default empty.
* @type string $post_content_filtered The filtered post content. Default empty.
* @type string $post_title The post title. Default empty.
* @type string $post_excerpt The post excerpt. Default empty.
* @type string $post_status The post status. Default 'draft'.
* @type string $post_type The post type. Default 'post'.
* @type string $comment_status Whether the post can accept comments. Accepts 'open' or 'closed'.
* Default is the value of 'default_comment_status' option.
* @type string $ping_status Whether the post can accept pings. Accepts 'open' or 'closed'.
* Default is the value of 'default_ping_status' option.
* @type string $post_password The password to access the post. Default empty.
* @type string $post_name The post name. Default is the sanitized post title
* when creating a new post.
* @type string $to_ping Space or carriage return-separated list of URLs to ping.
* Default empty.
* @type string $pinged Space or carriage return-separated list of URLs that have
* been pinged. Default empty.
* @type int $post_parent Set this for the post it belongs to, if any. Default 0.
* @type int $menu_order The order the post should be displayed in. Default 0.
* @type string $post_mime_type The mime type of the post. Default empty.
* @type string $guid Global Unique ID for referencing the post. Default empty.
* @type int $import_id The post ID to be used when inserting a new post.
* If specified, must not match any existing post ID. Default 0.
* @type int[] $post_category Array of category IDs.
* Defaults to value of the 'default_category' option.
* @type array $tags_input Array of tag names, slugs, or IDs. Default empty.
* @type array $tax_input An array of taxonomy terms keyed by their taxonomy name.
* If the taxonomy is hierarchical, the term list needs to be
* either an array of term IDs or a comma-separated string of IDs.
* If the taxonomy is non-hierarchical, the term list can be an array
* that contains term names or slugs, or a comma-separated string
* of names or slugs. This is because, in hierarchical taxonomy,
* child terms can have the same names with different parent terms,
* so the only way to connect them is using ID. Default empty.
* @type array $meta_input Array of post meta values keyed by their post meta key. Default empty.
* @type string $page_template Page template to use.
* }
* @param bool $wp_error Optional. Whether to return a WP_Error on failure. Default false.
* @param bool $fire_after_hooks Optional. Whether to fire the after insert hooks. Default true.
* @return int|WP_Error The post ID on success. The value 0 or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_insert_post( $postarr, $wp_error = false, $fire_after_hooks = true ) {
global $wpdb;
// Capture original pre-sanitized array for passing into filters.
$unsanitized_postarr = $postarr;
$user_id = get_current_user_id();
$defaults = array(
'post_author' => $user_id,
'post_content' => '',
'post_content_filtered' => '',
'post_title' => '',
'post_excerpt' => '',
'post_status' => 'draft',
'post_type' => 'post',
'comment_status' => '',
'ping_status' => '',
'post_password' => '',
'to_ping' => '',
'pinged' => '',
'post_parent' => 0,
'menu_order' => 0,
'guid' => '',
'import_id' => 0,
'context' => '',
'post_date' => '',
'post_date_gmt' => '',
);
$postarr = wp_parse_args( $postarr, $defaults );
unset( $postarr['filter'] );
$postarr = sanitize_post( $postarr, 'db' );
// Are we updating or creating?
$post_id = 0;
$update = false;
$guid = $postarr['guid'];
if ( ! empty( $postarr['ID'] ) ) {
$update = true;
// Get the post ID and GUID.
$post_id = $postarr['ID'];
$post_before = get_post( $post_id );
if ( is_null( $post_before ) ) {
if ( $wp_error ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_post', __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) );
}
return 0;
}
$guid = get_post_field( 'guid', $post_id );
$previous_status = get_post_field( 'post_status', $post_id );
} else {
$previous_status = 'new';
$post_before = null;
}
$post_type = empty( $postarr['post_type'] ) ? 'post' : $postarr['post_type'];
$post_title = $postarr['post_title'];
$post_content = $postarr['post_content'];
$post_excerpt = $postarr['post_excerpt'];
if ( isset( $postarr['post_name'] ) ) {
$post_name = $postarr['post_name'];
} elseif ( $update ) {
// For an update, don't modify the post_name if it wasn't supplied as an argument.
$post_name = $post_before->post_name;
}
$maybe_empty = 'attachment' !== $post_type
&& ! $post_content && ! $post_title && ! $post_excerpt
&& post_type_supports( $post_type, 'editor' )
&& post_type_supports( $post_type, 'title' )
&& post_type_supports( $post_type, 'excerpt' );
/**
* Filters whether the post should be considered "empty".
*
* The post is considered "empty" if both:
* 1. The post type supports the title, editor, and excerpt fields
* 2. The title, editor, and excerpt fields are all empty
*
* Returning a truthy value from the filter will effectively short-circuit
* the new post being inserted and return 0. If $wp_error is true, a WP_Error
* will be returned instead.
*
* @since 3.3.0
*
* @param bool $maybe_empty Whether the post should be considered "empty".
* @param array $postarr Array of post data.
*/
if ( apply_filters( 'wp_insert_post_empty_content', $maybe_empty, $postarr ) ) {
if ( $wp_error ) {
return new WP_Error( 'empty_content', __( 'Content, title, and excerpt are empty.' ) );
} else {
return 0;
}
}
$post_status = empty( $postarr['post_status'] ) ? 'draft' : $postarr['post_status'];
if ( 'attachment' === $post_type && ! in_array( $post_status, array( 'inherit', 'private', 'trash', 'auto-draft' ), true ) ) {
$post_status = 'inherit';
}
if ( ! empty( $postarr['post_category'] ) ) {
// Filter out empty terms.
$post_category = array_filter( $postarr['post_category'] );
} elseif ( $update && ! isset( $postarr['post_category'] ) ) {
$post_category = $post_before->post_category;
}
// Make sure we set a valid category.
if ( empty( $post_category ) || 0 === count( $post_category ) || ! is_array( $post_category ) ) {
// 'post' requires at least one category.
if ( 'post' === $post_type && 'auto-draft' !== $post_status ) {
$post_category = array( get_option( 'default_category' ) );
} else {
$post_category = array();
}
}
/*
* Don't allow contributors to set the post slug for pending review posts.
*
* For new posts check the primitive capability, for updates check the meta capability.
*/
if ( 'pending' === $post_status ) {
$post_type_object = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
if ( ! $update && $post_type_object && ! current_user_can( $post_type_object->cap->publish_posts ) ) {
$post_name = '';
} elseif ( $update && ! current_user_can( 'publish_post', $post_id ) ) {
$post_name = '';
}
}
/*
* Create a valid post name. Drafts and pending posts are allowed to have
* an empty post name.
*/
if ( empty( $post_name ) ) {
if ( ! in_array( $post_status, array( 'draft', 'pending', 'auto-draft' ), true ) ) {
$post_name = sanitize_title( $post_title );
} else {
$post_name = '';
}
} else {
// On updates, we need to check to see if it's using the old, fixed sanitization context.
$check_name = sanitize_title( $post_name, '', 'old-save' );
if ( $update
&& strtolower( urlencode( $post_name ) ) === $check_name
&& get_post_field( 'post_name', $post_id ) === $check_name
) {
$post_name = $check_name;
} else { // New post, or slug has changed.
$post_name = sanitize_title( $post_name );
}
}
/*
* Resolve the post date from any provided post date or post date GMT strings;
* if none are provided, the date will be set to now.
*/
$post_date = wp_resolve_post_date( $postarr['post_date'], $postarr['post_date_gmt'] );
if ( ! $post_date ) {
if ( $wp_error ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_date', __( 'Invalid date.' ) );
} else {
return 0;
}
}
if ( empty( $postarr['post_date_gmt'] ) || '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $postarr['post_date_gmt'] ) {
if ( ! in_array( $post_status, get_post_stati( array( 'date_floating' => true ) ), true ) ) {
$post_date_gmt = get_gmt_from_date( $post_date );
} else {
$post_date_gmt = '0000-00-00 00:00:00';
}
} else {
$post_date_gmt = $postarr['post_date_gmt'];
}
if ( $update || '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $post_date ) {
$post_modified = current_time( 'mysql' );
$post_modified_gmt = current_time( 'mysql', 1 );
} else {
$post_modified = $post_date;
$post_modified_gmt = $post_date_gmt;
}
if ( 'attachment' !== $post_type ) {
$now = gmdate( 'Y-m-d H:i:s' );
if ( 'publish' === $post_status ) {
if ( strtotime( $post_date_gmt ) - strtotime( $now ) >= MINUTE_IN_SECONDS ) {
$post_status = 'future';
}
} elseif ( 'future' === $post_status ) {
if ( strtotime( $post_date_gmt ) - strtotime( $now ) < MINUTE_IN_SECONDS ) {
$post_status = 'publish';
}
}
}
// Comment status.
if ( empty( $postarr['comment_status'] ) ) {
if ( $update ) {
$comment_status = 'closed';
} else {
$comment_status = get_default_comment_status( $post_type );
}
} else {
$comment_status = $postarr['comment_status'];
}
// These variables are needed by compact() later.
$post_content_filtered = $postarr['post_content_filtered'];
$post_author = isset( $postarr['post_author'] ) ? $postarr['post_author'] : $user_id;
$ping_status = empty( $postarr['ping_status'] ) ? get_default_comment_status( $post_type, 'pingback' ) : $postarr['ping_status'];
$to_ping = isset( $postarr['to_ping'] ) ? sanitize_trackback_urls( $postarr['to_ping'] ) : '';
$pinged = isset( $postarr['pinged'] ) ? $postarr['pinged'] : '';
$import_id = isset( $postarr['import_id'] ) ? $postarr['import_id'] : 0;
/*
* The 'wp_insert_post_parent' filter expects all variables to be present.
* Previously, these variables would have already been extracted
*/
if ( isset( $postarr['menu_order'] ) ) {
$menu_order = (int) $postarr['menu_order'];
} else {
$menu_order = 0;
}
$post_password = isset( $postarr['post_password'] ) ? $postarr['post_password'] : '';
if ( 'private' === $post_status ) {
$post_password = '';
}
if ( isset( $postarr['post_parent'] ) ) {
$post_parent = (int) $postarr['post_parent'];
} else {
$post_parent = 0;
}
$new_postarr = array_merge(
array(
'ID' => $post_id,
),
compact( array_diff( array_keys( $defaults ), array( 'context', 'filter' ) ) )
);
/**
* Filters the post parent -- used to check for and prevent hierarchy loops.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param int $post_parent Post parent ID.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param array $new_postarr Array of parsed post data.
* @param array $postarr Array of sanitized, but otherwise unmodified post data.
*/
$post_parent = apply_filters( 'wp_insert_post_parent', $post_parent, $post_id, $new_postarr, $postarr );
/*
* If the post is being untrashed and it has a desired slug stored in post meta,
* reassign it.
*/
if ( 'trash' === $previous_status && 'trash' !== $post_status ) {
$desired_post_slug = get_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_desired_post_slug', true );
if ( $desired_post_slug ) {
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_desired_post_slug' );
$post_name = $desired_post_slug;
}
}
// If a trashed post has the desired slug, change it and let this post have it.
if ( 'trash' !== $post_status && $post_name ) {
/**
* Filters whether or not to add a `__trashed` suffix to trashed posts that match the name of the updated post.
*
* @since 5.4.0
*
* @param bool $add_trashed_suffix Whether to attempt to add the suffix.
* @param string $post_name The name of the post being updated.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
$add_trashed_suffix = apply_filters( 'add_trashed_suffix_to_trashed_posts', true, $post_name, $post_id );
if ( $add_trashed_suffix ) {
wp_add_trashed_suffix_to_post_name_for_trashed_posts( $post_name, $post_id );
}
}
// When trashing an existing post, change its slug to allow non-trashed posts to use it.
if ( 'trash' === $post_status && 'trash' !== $previous_status && 'new' !== $previous_status ) {
$post_name = wp_add_trashed_suffix_to_post_name_for_post( $post_id );
}
$post_name = wp_unique_post_slug( $post_name, $post_id, $post_status, $post_type, $post_parent );
// Don't unslash.
$post_mime_type = isset( $postarr['post_mime_type'] ) ? $postarr['post_mime_type'] : '';
// Expected_slashed (everything!).
$data = compact(
'post_author',
'post_date',
'post_date_gmt',
'post_content',
'post_content_filtered',
'post_title',
'post_excerpt',
'post_status',
'post_type',
'comment_status',
'ping_status',
'post_password',
'post_name',
'to_ping',
'pinged',
'post_modified',
'post_modified_gmt',
'post_parent',
'menu_order',
'post_mime_type',
'guid'
);
$emoji_fields = array( 'post_title', 'post_content', 'post_excerpt' );
foreach ( $emoji_fields as $emoji_field ) {
if ( isset( $data[ $emoji_field ] ) ) {
$charset = $wpdb->get_col_charset( $wpdb->posts, $emoji_field );
if ( 'utf8' === $charset ) {
$data[ $emoji_field ] = wp_encode_emoji( $data[ $emoji_field ] );
}
}
}
if ( 'attachment' === $post_type ) {
/**
* Filters attachment post data before it is updated in or added to the database.
*
* @since 3.9.0
* @since 5.4.1 The `$unsanitized_postarr` parameter was added.
* @since 6.0.0 The `$update` parameter was added.
*
* @param array $data An array of slashed, sanitized, and processed attachment post data.
* @param array $postarr An array of slashed and sanitized attachment post data, but not processed.
* @param array $unsanitized_postarr An array of slashed yet *unsanitized* and unprocessed attachment post data
* as originally passed to wp_insert_post().
* @param bool $update Whether this is an existing attachment post being updated.
*/
$data = apply_filters( 'wp_insert_attachment_data', $data, $postarr, $unsanitized_postarr, $update );
} else {
/**
* Filters slashed post data just before it is inserted into the database.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 5.4.1 The `$unsanitized_postarr` parameter was added.
* @since 6.0.0 The `$update` parameter was added.
*
* @param array $data An array of slashed, sanitized, and processed post data.
* @param array $postarr An array of sanitized (and slashed) but otherwise unmodified post data.
* @param array $unsanitized_postarr An array of slashed yet *unsanitized* and unprocessed post data as
* originally passed to wp_insert_post().
* @param bool $update Whether this is an existing post being updated.
*/
$data = apply_filters( 'wp_insert_post_data', $data, $postarr, $unsanitized_postarr, $update );
}
$data = wp_unslash( $data );
$where = array( 'ID' => $post_id );
if ( $update ) {
/**
* Fires immediately before an existing post is updated in the database.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param array $data Array of unslashed post data.
*/
do_action( 'pre_post_update', $post_id, $data );
if ( false === $wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, $data, $where ) ) {
if ( $wp_error ) {
if ( 'attachment' === $post_type ) {
$message = __( 'Could not update attachment in the database.' );
} else {
$message = __( 'Could not update post in the database.' );
}
return new WP_Error( 'db_update_error', $message, $wpdb->last_error );
} else {
return 0;
}
}
} else {
// If there is a suggested ID, use it if not already present.
if ( ! empty( $import_id ) ) {
$import_id = (int) $import_id;
if ( ! $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT ID FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE ID = %d", $import_id ) ) ) {
$data['ID'] = $import_id;
}
}
if ( false === $wpdb->insert( $wpdb->posts, $data ) ) {
if ( $wp_error ) {
if ( 'attachment' === $post_type ) {
$message = __( 'Could not insert attachment into the database.' );
} else {
$message = __( 'Could not insert post into the database.' );
}
return new WP_Error( 'db_insert_error', $message, $wpdb->last_error );
} else {
return 0;
}
}
$post_id = (int) $wpdb->insert_id;
// Use the newly generated $post_id.
$where = array( 'ID' => $post_id );
}
if ( empty( $data['post_name'] ) && ! in_array( $data['post_status'], array( 'draft', 'pending', 'auto-draft' ), true ) ) {
$data['post_name'] = wp_unique_post_slug( sanitize_title( $data['post_title'], $post_id ), $post_id, $data['post_status'], $post_type, $post_parent );
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, array( 'post_name' => $data['post_name'] ), $where );
clean_post_cache( $post_id );
}
if ( is_object_in_taxonomy( $post_type, 'category' ) ) {
wp_set_post_categories( $post_id, $post_category );
}
if ( isset( $postarr['tags_input'] ) && is_object_in_taxonomy( $post_type, 'post_tag' ) ) {
wp_set_post_tags( $post_id, $postarr['tags_input'] );
}
// Add default term for all associated custom taxonomies.
if ( 'auto-draft' !== $post_status ) {
foreach ( get_object_taxonomies( $post_type, 'object' ) as $taxonomy => $tax_object ) {
if ( ! empty( $tax_object->default_term ) ) {
// Filter out empty terms.
if ( isset( $postarr['tax_input'][ $taxonomy ] ) && is_array( $postarr['tax_input'][ $taxonomy ] ) ) {
$postarr['tax_input'][ $taxonomy ] = array_filter( $postarr['tax_input'][ $taxonomy ] );
}
// Passed custom taxonomy list overwrites the existing list if not empty.
$terms = wp_get_object_terms( $post_id, $taxonomy, array( 'fields' => 'ids' ) );
if ( ! empty( $terms ) && empty( $postarr['tax_input'][ $taxonomy ] ) ) {
$postarr['tax_input'][ $taxonomy ] = $terms;
}
if ( empty( $postarr['tax_input'][ $taxonomy ] ) ) {
$default_term_id = get_option( 'default_term_' . $taxonomy );
if ( ! empty( $default_term_id ) ) {
$postarr['tax_input'][ $taxonomy ] = array( (int) $default_term_id );
}
}
}
}
}
// New-style support for all custom taxonomies.
if ( ! empty( $postarr['tax_input'] ) ) {
foreach ( $postarr['tax_input'] as $taxonomy => $tags ) {
$taxonomy_obj = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
if ( ! $taxonomy_obj ) {
/* translators: %s: Taxonomy name. */
_doing_it_wrong( __FUNCTION__, sprintf( __( 'Invalid taxonomy: %s.' ), $taxonomy ), '4.4.0' );
continue;
}
// array = hierarchical, string = non-hierarchical.
if ( is_array( $tags ) ) {
$tags = array_filter( $tags );
}
if ( current_user_can( $taxonomy_obj->cap->assign_terms ) ) {
wp_set_post_terms( $post_id, $tags, $taxonomy );
}
}
}
if ( ! empty( $postarr['meta_input'] ) ) {
foreach ( $postarr['meta_input'] as $field => $value ) {
update_post_meta( $post_id, $field, $value );
}
}
$current_guid = get_post_field( 'guid', $post_id );
// Set GUID.
if ( ! $update && '' === $current_guid ) {
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, array( 'guid' => get_permalink( $post_id ) ), $where );
}
if ( 'attachment' === $postarr['post_type'] ) {
if ( ! empty( $postarr['file'] ) ) {
update_attached_file( $post_id, $postarr['file'] );
}
if ( ! empty( $postarr['context'] ) ) {
add_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_attachment_context', $postarr['context'], true );
}
}
// Set or remove featured image.
if ( isset( $postarr['_thumbnail_id'] ) ) {
$thumbnail_support = current_theme_supports( 'post-thumbnails', $post_type ) && post_type_supports( $post_type, 'thumbnail' ) || 'revision' === $post_type;
if ( ! $thumbnail_support && 'attachment' === $post_type && $post_mime_type ) {
if ( wp_attachment_is( 'audio', $post_id ) ) {
$thumbnail_support = post_type_supports( 'attachment:audio', 'thumbnail' ) || current_theme_supports( 'post-thumbnails', 'attachment:audio' );
} elseif ( wp_attachment_is( 'video', $post_id ) ) {
$thumbnail_support = post_type_supports( 'attachment:video', 'thumbnail' ) || current_theme_supports( 'post-thumbnails', 'attachment:video' );
}
}
if ( $thumbnail_support ) {
$thumbnail_id = (int) $postarr['_thumbnail_id'];
if ( -1 === $thumbnail_id ) {
delete_post_thumbnail( $post_id );
} else {
set_post_thumbnail( $post_id, $thumbnail_id );
}
}
}
clean_post_cache( $post_id );
$post = get_post( $post_id );
if ( ! empty( $postarr['page_template'] ) ) {
$post->page_template = $postarr['page_template'];
$page_templates = wp_get_theme()->get_page_templates( $post );
if ( 'default' !== $postarr['page_template'] && ! isset( $page_templates[ $postarr['page_template'] ] ) ) {
if ( $wp_error ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_page_template', __( 'Invalid page template.' ) );
}
update_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_page_template', 'default' );
} else {
update_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_page_template', $postarr['page_template'] );
}
}
if ( 'attachment' !== $postarr['post_type'] ) {
wp_transition_post_status( $data['post_status'], $previous_status, $post );
} else {
if ( $update ) {
/**
* Fires once an existing attachment has been updated.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param int $post_id Attachment ID.
*/
do_action( 'edit_attachment', $post_id );
$post_after = get_post( $post_id );
/**
* Fires once an existing attachment has been updated.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post_after Post object following the update.
* @param WP_Post $post_before Post object before the update.
*/
do_action( 'attachment_updated', $post_id, $post_after, $post_before );
} else {
/**
* Fires once an attachment has been added.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param int $post_id Attachment ID.
*/
do_action( 'add_attachment', $post_id );
}
return $post_id;
}
if ( $update ) {
/**
* Fires once an existing post has been updated.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$post->post_type`, refers to
* the post type slug.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `edit_post_post`
* - `edit_post_page`
*
* @since 5.1.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( "edit_post_{$post->post_type}", $post_id, $post );
/**
* Fires once an existing post has been updated.
*
* @since 1.2.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( 'edit_post', $post_id, $post );
$post_after = get_post( $post_id );
/**
* Fires once an existing post has been updated.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post_after Post object following the update.
* @param WP_Post $post_before Post object before the update.
*/
do_action( 'post_updated', $post_id, $post_after, $post_before );
}
/**
* Fires once a post has been saved.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$post->post_type`, refers to
* the post type slug.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `save_post_post`
* - `save_post_page`
*
* @since 3.7.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
* @param bool $update Whether this is an existing post being updated.
*/
do_action( "save_post_{$post->post_type}", $post_id, $post, $update );
/**
* Fires once a post has been saved.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
* @param bool $update Whether this is an existing post being updated.
*/
do_action( 'save_post', $post_id, $post, $update );
/**
* Fires once a post has been saved.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
* @param bool $update Whether this is an existing post being updated.
*/
do_action( 'wp_insert_post', $post_id, $post, $update );
if ( $fire_after_hooks ) {
wp_after_insert_post( $post, $update, $post_before );
}
return $post_id;
}
/**
* Updates a post with new post data.
*
* The date does not have to be set for drafts. You can set the date and it will
* not be overridden.
*
* @since 1.0.0
* @since 3.5.0 Added the `$wp_error` parameter to allow a WP_Error to be returned on failure.
* @since 5.6.0 Added the `$fire_after_hooks` parameter.
*
* @param array|object $postarr Optional. Post data. Arrays are expected to be escaped,
* objects are not. See wp_insert_post() for accepted arguments.
* Default array.
* @param bool $wp_error Optional. Whether to return a WP_Error on failure. Default false.
* @param bool $fire_after_hooks Optional. Whether to fire the after insert hooks. Default true.
* @return int|WP_Error The post ID on success. The value 0 or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_update_post( $postarr = array(), $wp_error = false, $fire_after_hooks = true ) {
if ( is_object( $postarr ) ) {
// Non-escaped post was passed.
$postarr = get_object_vars( $postarr );
$postarr = wp_slash( $postarr );
}
// First, get all of the original fields.
$post = get_post( $postarr['ID'], ARRAY_A );
if ( is_null( $post ) ) {
if ( $wp_error ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_post', __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) );
}
return 0;
}
// Escape data pulled from DB.
$post = wp_slash( $post );
// Passed post category list overwrites existing category list if not empty.
if ( isset( $postarr['post_category'] ) && is_array( $postarr['post_category'] )
&& count( $postarr['post_category'] ) > 0
) {
$post_cats = $postarr['post_category'];
} else {
$post_cats = $post['post_category'];
}
// Drafts shouldn't be assigned a date unless explicitly done so by the user.
if ( isset( $post['post_status'] )
&& in_array( $post['post_status'], array( 'draft', 'pending', 'auto-draft' ), true )
&& empty( $postarr['edit_date'] ) && ( '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $post['post_date_gmt'] )
) {
$clear_date = true;
} else {
$clear_date = false;
}
// Merge old and new fields with new fields overwriting old ones.
$postarr = array_merge( $post, $postarr );
$postarr['post_category'] = $post_cats;
if ( $clear_date ) {
$postarr['post_date'] = current_time( 'mysql' );
$postarr['post_date_gmt'] = '';
}
if ( 'attachment' === $postarr['post_type'] ) {
return wp_insert_attachment( $postarr, false, 0, $wp_error );
}
// Discard 'tags_input' parameter if it's the same as existing post tags.
if ( isset( $postarr['tags_input'] ) && is_object_in_taxonomy( $postarr['post_type'], 'post_tag' ) ) {
$tags = get_the_terms( $postarr['ID'], 'post_tag' );
$tag_names = array();
if ( $tags && ! is_wp_error( $tags ) ) {
$tag_names = wp_list_pluck( $tags, 'name' );
}
if ( $postarr['tags_input'] === $tag_names ) {
unset( $postarr['tags_input'] );
}
}
return wp_insert_post( $postarr, $wp_error, $fire_after_hooks );
}
/**
* Publishes a post by transitioning the post status.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object.
*/
function wp_publish_post( $post ) {
global $wpdb;
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return;
}
if ( 'publish' === $post->post_status ) {
return;
}
$post_before = get_post( $post->ID );
// Ensure at least one term is applied for taxonomies with a default term.
foreach ( get_object_taxonomies( $post->post_type, 'object' ) as $taxonomy => $tax_object ) {
// Skip taxonomy if no default term is set.
if (
'category' !== $taxonomy &&
empty( $tax_object->default_term )
) {
continue;
}
// Do not modify previously set terms.
if ( ! empty( get_the_terms( $post, $taxonomy ) ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( 'category' === $taxonomy ) {
$default_term_id = (int) get_option( 'default_category', 0 );
} else {
$default_term_id = (int) get_option( 'default_term_' . $taxonomy, 0 );
}
if ( ! $default_term_id ) {
continue;
}
wp_set_post_terms( $post->ID, array( $default_term_id ), $taxonomy );
}
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, array( 'post_status' => 'publish' ), array( 'ID' => $post->ID ) );
clean_post_cache( $post->ID );
$old_status = $post->post_status;
$post->post_status = 'publish';
wp_transition_post_status( 'publish', $old_status, $post );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/post.php */
do_action( "edit_post_{$post->post_type}", $post->ID, $post );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/post.php */
do_action( 'edit_post', $post->ID, $post );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/post.php */
do_action( "save_post_{$post->post_type}", $post->ID, $post, true );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/post.php */
do_action( 'save_post', $post->ID, $post, true );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/post.php */
do_action( 'wp_insert_post', $post->ID, $post, true );
wp_after_insert_post( $post, true, $post_before );
}
/**
* Publishes future post and make sure post ID has future post status.
*
* Invoked by cron 'publish_future_post' event. This safeguard prevents cron
* from publishing drafts, etc.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object.
*/
function check_and_publish_future_post( $post ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return;
}
if ( 'future' !== $post->post_status ) {
return;
}
$time = strtotime( $post->post_date_gmt . ' GMT' );
// Uh oh, someone jumped the gun!
if ( $time > time() ) {
wp_clear_scheduled_hook( 'publish_future_post', array( $post->ID ) ); // Clear anything else in the system.
wp_schedule_single_event( $time, 'publish_future_post', array( $post->ID ) );
return;
}
// wp_publish_post() returns no meaningful value.
wp_publish_post( $post->ID );
}
/**
* Uses wp_checkdate to return a valid Gregorian-calendar value for post_date.
* If post_date is not provided, this first checks post_date_gmt if provided,
* then falls back to use the current time.
*
* For back-compat purposes in wp_insert_post, an empty post_date and an invalid
* post_date_gmt will continue to return '1970-01-01 00:00:00' rather than false.
*
* @since 5.7.0
*
* @param string $post_date The date in mysql format (`Y-m-d H:i:s`).
* @param string $post_date_gmt The GMT date in mysql format (`Y-m-d H:i:s`).
* @return string|false A valid Gregorian-calendar date string, or false on failure.
*/
function wp_resolve_post_date( $post_date = '', $post_date_gmt = '' ) {
// If the date is empty, set the date to now.
if ( empty( $post_date ) || '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $post_date ) {
if ( empty( $post_date_gmt ) || '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $post_date_gmt ) {
$post_date = current_time( 'mysql' );
} else {
$post_date = get_date_from_gmt( $post_date_gmt );
}
}
// Validate the date.
$month = (int) substr( $post_date, 5, 2 );
$day = (int) substr( $post_date, 8, 2 );
$year = (int) substr( $post_date, 0, 4 );
$valid_date = wp_checkdate( $month, $day, $year, $post_date );
if ( ! $valid_date ) {
return false;
}
return $post_date;
}
/**
* Computes a unique slug for the post, when given the desired slug and some post details.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
* @global WP_Rewrite $wp_rewrite WordPress rewrite component.
*
* @param string $slug The desired slug (post_name).
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $post_status No uniqueness checks are made if the post is still draft or pending.
* @param string $post_type Post type.
* @param int $post_parent Post parent ID.
* @return string Unique slug for the post, based on $post_name (with a -1, -2, etc. suffix)
*/
function wp_unique_post_slug( $slug, $post_id, $post_status, $post_type, $post_parent ) {
if ( in_array( $post_status, array( 'draft', 'pending', 'auto-draft' ), true )
|| ( 'inherit' === $post_status && 'revision' === $post_type ) || 'user_request' === $post_type
) {
return $slug;
}
/**
* Filters the post slug before it is generated to be unique.
*
* Returning a non-null value will short-circuit the
* unique slug generation, returning the passed value instead.
*
* @since 5.1.0
*
* @param string|null $override_slug Short-circuit return value.
* @param string $slug The desired slug (post_name).
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $post_status The post status.
* @param string $post_type Post type.
* @param int $post_parent Post parent ID.
*/
$override_slug = apply_filters( 'pre_wp_unique_post_slug', null, $slug, $post_id, $post_status, $post_type, $post_parent );
if ( null !== $override_slug ) {
return $override_slug;
}
global $wpdb, $wp_rewrite;
$original_slug = $slug;
$feeds = $wp_rewrite->feeds;
if ( ! is_array( $feeds ) ) {
$feeds = array();
}
if ( 'attachment' === $post_type ) {
// Attachment slugs must be unique across all types.
$check_sql = "SELECT post_name FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_name = %s AND ID != %d LIMIT 1";
$post_name_check = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( $check_sql, $slug, $post_id ) );
/**
* Filters whether the post slug would make a bad attachment slug.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param bool $bad_slug Whether the slug would be bad as an attachment slug.
* @param string $slug The post slug.
*/
$is_bad_attachment_slug = apply_filters( 'wp_unique_post_slug_is_bad_attachment_slug', false, $slug );
if ( $post_name_check
|| in_array( $slug, $feeds, true ) || 'embed' === $slug
|| $is_bad_attachment_slug
) {
$suffix = 2;
do {
$alt_post_name = _truncate_post_slug( $slug, 200 - ( strlen( $suffix ) + 1 ) ) . "-$suffix";
$post_name_check = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( $check_sql, $alt_post_name, $post_id ) );
++$suffix;
} while ( $post_name_check );
$slug = $alt_post_name;
}
} elseif ( is_post_type_hierarchical( $post_type ) ) {
if ( 'nav_menu_item' === $post_type ) {
return $slug;
}
/*
* Page slugs must be unique within their own trees. Pages are in a separate
* namespace than posts so page slugs are allowed to overlap post slugs.
*/
$check_sql = "SELECT post_name FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_name = %s AND post_type IN ( %s, 'attachment' ) AND ID != %d AND post_parent = %d LIMIT 1";
$post_name_check = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( $check_sql, $slug, $post_type, $post_id, $post_parent ) );
/**
* Filters whether the post slug would make a bad hierarchical post slug.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param bool $bad_slug Whether the post slug would be bad in a hierarchical post context.
* @param string $slug The post slug.
* @param string $post_type Post type.
* @param int $post_parent Post parent ID.
*/
$is_bad_hierarchical_slug = apply_filters( 'wp_unique_post_slug_is_bad_hierarchical_slug', false, $slug, $post_type, $post_parent );
if ( $post_name_check
|| in_array( $slug, $feeds, true ) || 'embed' === $slug
|| preg_match( "@^($wp_rewrite->pagination_base)?\d+$@", $slug )
|| $is_bad_hierarchical_slug
) {
$suffix = 2;
do {
$alt_post_name = _truncate_post_slug( $slug, 200 - ( strlen( $suffix ) + 1 ) ) . "-$suffix";
$post_name_check = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( $check_sql, $alt_post_name, $post_type, $post_id, $post_parent ) );
++$suffix;
} while ( $post_name_check );
$slug = $alt_post_name;
}
} else {
// Post slugs must be unique across all posts.
$check_sql = "SELECT post_name FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_name = %s AND post_type = %s AND ID != %d LIMIT 1";
$post_name_check = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( $check_sql, $slug, $post_type, $post_id ) );
$post = get_post( $post_id );
// Prevent new post slugs that could result in URLs that conflict with date archives.
$conflicts_with_date_archive = false;
if ( 'post' === $post_type && ( ! $post || $post->post_name !== $slug ) && preg_match( '/^[0-9]+$/', $slug ) ) {
$slug_num = (int) $slug;
if ( $slug_num ) {
$permastructs = array_values( array_filter( explode( '/', get_option( 'permalink_structure' ) ) ) );
$postname_index = array_search( '%postname%', $permastructs, true );
/*
* Potential date clashes are as follows:
*
* - Any integer in the first permastruct position could be a year.
* - An integer between 1 and 12 that follows 'year' conflicts with 'monthnum'.
* - An integer between 1 and 31 that follows 'monthnum' conflicts with 'day'.
*/
if ( 0 === $postname_index ||
( $postname_index && '%year%' === $permastructs[ $postname_index - 1 ] && 13 > $slug_num ) ||
( $postname_index && '%monthnum%' === $permastructs[ $postname_index - 1 ] && 32 > $slug_num )
) {
$conflicts_with_date_archive = true;
}
}
}
/**
* Filters whether the post slug would be bad as a flat slug.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param bool $bad_slug Whether the post slug would be bad as a flat slug.
* @param string $slug The post slug.
* @param string $post_type Post type.
*/
$is_bad_flat_slug = apply_filters( 'wp_unique_post_slug_is_bad_flat_slug', false, $slug, $post_type );
if ( $post_name_check
|| in_array( $slug, $feeds, true ) || 'embed' === $slug
|| $conflicts_with_date_archive
|| $is_bad_flat_slug
) {
$suffix = 2;
do {
$alt_post_name = _truncate_post_slug( $slug, 200 - ( strlen( $suffix ) + 1 ) ) . "-$suffix";
$post_name_check = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( $check_sql, $alt_post_name, $post_type, $post_id ) );
++$suffix;
} while ( $post_name_check );
$slug = $alt_post_name;
}
}
/**
* Filters the unique post slug.
*
* @since 3.3.0
*
* @param string $slug The post slug.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $post_status The post status.
* @param string $post_type Post type.
* @param int $post_parent Post parent ID
* @param string $original_slug The original post slug.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_unique_post_slug', $slug, $post_id, $post_status, $post_type, $post_parent, $original_slug );
}
/**
* Truncates a post slug.
*
* @since 3.6.0
* @access private
*
* @see utf8_uri_encode()
*
* @param string $slug The slug to truncate.
* @param int $length Optional. Max length of the slug. Default 200 (characters).
* @return string The truncated slug.
*/
function _truncate_post_slug( $slug, $length = 200 ) {
if ( strlen( $slug ) > $length ) {
$decoded_slug = urldecode( $slug );
if ( $decoded_slug === $slug ) {
$slug = substr( $slug, 0, $length );
} else {
$slug = utf8_uri_encode( $decoded_slug, $length, true );
}
}
return rtrim( $slug, '-' );
}
/**
* Adds tags to a post.
*
* @see wp_set_post_tags()
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. The Post ID. Does not default to the ID of the global $post.
* @param string|array $tags Optional. An array of tags to set for the post, or a string of tags
* separated by commas. Default empty.
* @return array|false|WP_Error Array of affected term IDs. WP_Error or false on failure.
*/
function wp_add_post_tags( $post_id = 0, $tags = '' ) {
return wp_set_post_tags( $post_id, $tags, true );
}
/**
* Sets the tags for a post.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @see wp_set_object_terms()
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. The Post ID. Does not default to the ID of the global $post.
* @param string|array $tags Optional. An array of tags to set for the post, or a string of tags
* separated by commas. Default empty.
* @param bool $append Optional. If true, don't delete existing tags, just add on. If false,
* replace the tags with the new tags. Default false.
* @return array|false|WP_Error Array of term taxonomy IDs of affected terms. WP_Error or false on failure.
*/
function wp_set_post_tags( $post_id = 0, $tags = '', $append = false ) {
return wp_set_post_terms( $post_id, $tags, 'post_tag', $append );
}
/**
* Sets the terms for a post.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @see wp_set_object_terms()
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. The Post ID. Does not default to the ID of the global $post.
* @param string|array $terms Optional. An array of terms to set for the post, or a string of terms
* separated by commas. Hierarchical taxonomies must always pass IDs rather
* than names so that children with the same names but different parents
* aren't confused. Default empty.
* @param string $taxonomy Optional. Taxonomy name. Default 'post_tag'.
* @param bool $append Optional. If true, don't delete existing terms, just add on. If false,
* replace the terms with the new terms. Default false.
* @return array|false|WP_Error Array of term taxonomy IDs of affected terms. WP_Error or false on failure.
*/
function wp_set_post_terms( $post_id = 0, $terms = '', $taxonomy = 'post_tag', $append = false ) {
$post_id = (int) $post_id;
if ( ! $post_id ) {
return false;
}
if ( empty( $terms ) ) {
$terms = array();
}
if ( ! is_array( $terms ) ) {
$comma = _x( ',', 'tag delimiter' );
if ( ',' !== $comma ) {
$terms = str_replace( $comma, ',', $terms );
}
$terms = explode( ',', trim( $terms, " \n\t\r\0\x0B," ) );
}
/*
* Hierarchical taxonomies must always pass IDs rather than names so that
* children with the same names but different parents aren't confused.
*/
if ( is_taxonomy_hierarchical( $taxonomy ) ) {
$terms = array_unique( array_map( 'intval', $terms ) );
}
return wp_set_object_terms( $post_id, $terms, $taxonomy, $append );
}
/**
* Sets categories for a post.
*
* If no categories are provided, the default category is used.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. The Post ID. Does not default to the ID
* of the global $post. Default 0.
* @param int[]|int $post_categories Optional. List of category IDs, or the ID of a single category.
* Default empty array.
* @param bool $append If true, don't delete existing categories, just add on.
* If false, replace the categories with the new categories.
* @return array|false|WP_Error Array of term taxonomy IDs of affected categories. WP_Error or false on failure.
*/
function wp_set_post_categories( $post_id = 0, $post_categories = array(), $append = false ) {
$post_id = (int) $post_id;
$post_type = get_post_type( $post_id );
$post_status = get_post_status( $post_id );
// If $post_categories isn't already an array, make it one.
$post_categories = (array) $post_categories;
if ( empty( $post_categories ) ) {
/**
* Filters post types (in addition to 'post') that require a default category.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string[] $post_types An array of post type names. Default empty array.
*/
$default_category_post_types = apply_filters( 'default_category_post_types', array() );
// Regular posts always require a default category.
$default_category_post_types = array_merge( $default_category_post_types, array( 'post' ) );
if ( in_array( $post_type, $default_category_post_types, true )
&& is_object_in_taxonomy( $post_type, 'category' )
&& 'auto-draft' !== $post_status
) {
$post_categories = array( get_option( 'default_category' ) );
$append = false;
} else {
$post_categories = array();
}
} elseif ( 1 === count( $post_categories ) && '' === reset( $post_categories ) ) {
return true;
}
return wp_set_post_terms( $post_id, $post_categories, 'category', $append );
}
/**
* Fires actions related to the transitioning of a post's status.
*
* When a post is saved, the post status is "transitioned" from one status to another,
* though this does not always mean the status has actually changed before and after
* the save. This function fires a number of action hooks related to that transition:
* the generic {@see 'transition_post_status'} action, as well as the dynamic hooks
* {@see '$old_status_to_$new_status'} and {@see '$new_status_$post->post_type'}. Note
* that the function does not transition the post object in the database.
*
* For instance: When publishing a post for the first time, the post status may transition
* from 'draft' – or some other status – to 'publish'. However, if a post is already
* published and is simply being updated, the "old" and "new" statuses may both be 'publish'
* before and after the transition.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $new_status Transition to this post status.
* @param string $old_status Previous post status.
* @param WP_Post $post Post data.
*/
function wp_transition_post_status( $new_status, $old_status, $post ) {
/**
* Fires when a post is transitioned from one status to another.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $new_status New post status.
* @param string $old_status Old post status.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( 'transition_post_status', $new_status, $old_status, $post );
/**
* Fires when a post is transitioned from one status to another.
*
* The dynamic portions of the hook name, `$new_status` and `$old_status`,
* refer to the old and new post statuses, respectively.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `draft_to_publish`
* - `publish_to_trash`
* - `pending_to_draft`
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( "{$old_status}_to_{$new_status}", $post );
/**
* Fires when a post is transitioned from one status to another.
*
* The dynamic portions of the hook name, `$new_status` and `$post->post_type`,
* refer to the new post status and post type, respectively.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `draft_post`
* - `future_post`
* - `pending_post`
* - `private_post`
* - `publish_post`
* - `trash_post`
* - `draft_page`
* - `future_page`
* - `pending_page`
* - `private_page`
* - `publish_page`
* - `trash_page`
* - `publish_attachment`
* - `trash_attachment`
*
* Please note: When this action is hooked using a particular post status (like
* 'publish', as `publish_{$post->post_type}`), it will fire both when a post is
* first transitioned to that status from something else, as well as upon
* subsequent post updates (old and new status are both the same).
*
* Therefore, if you are looking to only fire a callback when a post is first
* transitioned to a status, use the {@see 'transition_post_status'} hook instead.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added `$old_status` parameter.
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
* @param string $old_status Old post status.
*/
do_action( "{$new_status}_{$post->post_type}", $post->ID, $post, $old_status );
}
/**
* Fires actions after a post, its terms and meta data has been saved.
*
* @since 5.6.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post The post ID or object that has been saved.
* @param bool $update Whether this is an existing post being updated.
* @param null|WP_Post $post_before Null for new posts, the WP_Post object prior
* to the update for updated posts.
*/
function wp_after_insert_post( $post, $update, $post_before ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return;
}
$post_id = $post->ID;
/**
* Fires once a post, its terms and meta data has been saved.
*
* @since 5.6.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
* @param bool $update Whether this is an existing post being updated.
* @param null|WP_Post $post_before Null for new posts, the WP_Post object prior
* to the update for updated posts.
*/
do_action( 'wp_after_insert_post', $post_id, $post, $update, $post_before );
}
//
// Comment, trackback, and pingback functions.
//
/**
* Adds a URL to those already pinged.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.7.0 `$post` can be a WP_Post object.
* @since 4.7.0 `$uri` can be an array of URIs.
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object.
* @param string|array $uri Ping URI or array of URIs.
* @return int|false How many rows were updated.
*/
function add_ping( $post, $uri ) {
global $wpdb;
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$pung = trim( $post->pinged );
$pung = preg_split( '/\s/', $pung );
if ( is_array( $uri ) ) {
$pung = array_merge( $pung, $uri );
} else {
$pung[] = $uri;
}
$new = implode( "\n", $pung );
/**
* Filters the new ping URL to add for the given post.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string $new New ping URL to add.
*/
$new = apply_filters( 'add_ping', $new );
$return = $wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, array( 'pinged' => $new ), array( 'ID' => $post->ID ) );
clean_post_cache( $post->ID );
return $return;
}
/**
* Retrieves enclosures already enclosed for a post.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @return string[] Array of enclosures for the given post.
*/
function get_enclosed( $post_id ) {
$custom_fields = get_post_custom( $post_id );
$pung = array();
if ( ! is_array( $custom_fields ) ) {
return $pung;
}
foreach ( $custom_fields as $key => $val ) {
if ( 'enclosure' !== $key || ! is_array( $val ) ) {
continue;
}
foreach ( $val as $enc ) {
$enclosure = explode( "\n", $enc );
$pung[] = trim( $enclosure[0] );
}
}
/**
* Filters the list of enclosures already enclosed for the given post.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string[] $pung Array of enclosures for the given post.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_enclosed', $pung, $post_id );
}
/**
* Retrieves URLs already pinged for a post.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @since 4.7.0 `$post` can be a WP_Post object.
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or object.
* @return string[]|false Array of URLs already pinged for the given post, false if the post is not found.
*/
function get_pung( $post ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$pung = trim( $post->pinged );
$pung = preg_split( '/\s/', $pung );
/**
* Filters the list of already-pinged URLs for the given post.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string[] $pung Array of URLs already pinged for the given post.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_pung', $pung );
}
/**
* Retrieves URLs that need to be pinged.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.7.0 `$post` can be a WP_Post object.
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object.
* @return string[]|false List of URLs yet to ping.
*/
function get_to_ping( $post ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$to_ping = sanitize_trackback_urls( $post->to_ping );
$to_ping = preg_split( '/\s/', $to_ping, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY );
/**
* Filters the list of URLs yet to ping for the given post.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string[] $to_ping List of URLs yet to ping.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_to_ping', $to_ping );
}
/**
* Does trackbacks for a list of URLs.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $tb_list Comma separated list of URLs.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
function trackback_url_list( $tb_list, $post_id ) {
if ( ! empty( $tb_list ) ) {
// Get post data.
$postdata = get_post( $post_id, ARRAY_A );
// Form an excerpt.
$excerpt = strip_tags( $postdata['post_excerpt'] ? $postdata['post_excerpt'] : $postdata['post_content'] );
if ( strlen( $excerpt ) > 255 ) {
$excerpt = substr( $excerpt, 0, 252 ) . '…';
}
$trackback_urls = explode( ',', $tb_list );
foreach ( (array) $trackback_urls as $tb_url ) {
$tb_url = trim( $tb_url );
trackback( $tb_url, wp_unslash( $postdata['post_title'] ), $excerpt, $post_id );
}
}
}
//
// Page functions.
//
/**
* Gets a list of page IDs.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @return string[] List of page IDs as strings.
*/
function get_all_page_ids() {
global $wpdb;
$page_ids = wp_cache_get( 'all_page_ids', 'posts' );
if ( ! is_array( $page_ids ) ) {
$page_ids = $wpdb->get_col( "SELECT ID FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_type = 'page'" );
wp_cache_add( 'all_page_ids', $page_ids, 'posts' );
}
return $page_ids;
}
/**
* Retrieves page data given a page ID or page object.
*
* Use get_post() instead of get_page().
*
* @since 1.5.1
* @deprecated 3.5.0 Use get_post()
*
* @param int|WP_Post $page Page object or page ID. Passed by reference.
* @param string $output Optional. The required return type. One of OBJECT, ARRAY_A, or ARRAY_N, which
* correspond to a WP_Post object, an associative array, or a numeric array,
* respectively. Default OBJECT.
* @param string $filter Optional. How the return value should be filtered. Accepts 'raw',
* 'edit', 'db', 'display'. Default 'raw'.
* @return WP_Post|array|null WP_Post or array on success, null on failure.
*/
function get_page( $page, $output = OBJECT, $filter = 'raw' ) {
return get_post( $page, $output, $filter );
}
/**
* Retrieves a page given its path.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string $page_path Page path.
* @param string $output Optional. The required return type. One of OBJECT, ARRAY_A, or ARRAY_N, which
* correspond to a WP_Post object, an associative array, or a numeric array,
* respectively. Default OBJECT.
* @param string|array $post_type Optional. Post type or array of post types. Default 'page'.
* @return WP_Post|array|null WP_Post (or array) on success, or null on failure.
*/
function get_page_by_path( $page_path, $output = OBJECT, $post_type = 'page' ) {
global $wpdb;
$last_changed = wp_cache_get_last_changed( 'posts' );
$hash = md5( $page_path . serialize( $post_type ) );
$cache_key = "get_page_by_path:$hash:$last_changed";
$cached = wp_cache_get( $cache_key, 'post-queries' );
if ( false !== $cached ) {
// Special case: '0' is a bad `$page_path`.
if ( '0' === $cached || 0 === $cached ) {
return;
} else {
return get_post( $cached, $output );
}
}
$page_path = rawurlencode( urldecode( $page_path ) );
$page_path = str_replace( '%2F', '/', $page_path );
$page_path = str_replace( '%20', ' ', $page_path );
$parts = explode( '/', trim( $page_path, '/' ) );
$parts = array_map( 'sanitize_title_for_query', $parts );
$escaped_parts = esc_sql( $parts );
$in_string = "'" . implode( "','", $escaped_parts ) . "'";
if ( is_array( $post_type ) ) {
$post_types = $post_type;
} else {
$post_types = array( $post_type, 'attachment' );
}
$post_types = esc_sql( $post_types );
$post_type_in_string = "'" . implode( "','", $post_types ) . "'";
$sql = "
SELECT ID, post_name, post_parent, post_type
FROM $wpdb->posts
WHERE post_name IN ($in_string)
AND post_type IN ($post_type_in_string)
";
$pages = $wpdb->get_results( $sql, OBJECT_K );
$revparts = array_reverse( $parts );
$foundid = 0;
foreach ( (array) $pages as $page ) {
if ( $page->post_name == $revparts[0] ) {
$count = 0;
$p = $page;
/*
* Loop through the given path parts from right to left,
* ensuring each matches the post ancestry.
*/
while ( 0 != $p->post_parent && isset( $pages[ $p->post_parent ] ) ) {
++$count;
$parent = $pages[ $p->post_parent ];
if ( ! isset( $revparts[ $count ] ) || $parent->post_name != $revparts[ $count ] ) {
break;
}
$p = $parent;
}
if ( 0 == $p->post_parent && count( $revparts ) === $count + 1 && $p->post_name == $revparts[ $count ] ) {
$foundid = $page->ID;
if ( $page->post_type == $post_type ) {
break;
}
}
}
}
// We cache misses as well as hits.
wp_cache_set( $cache_key, $foundid, 'post-queries' );
if ( $foundid ) {
return get_post( $foundid, $output );
}
return null;
}
/**
* Identifies descendants of a given page ID in a list of page objects.
*
* Descendants are identified from the `$pages` array passed to the function. No database queries are performed.
*
* @since 1.5.1
*
* @param int $page_id Page ID.
* @param WP_Post[] $pages List of page objects from which descendants should be identified.
* @return WP_Post[] List of page children.
*/
function get_page_children( $page_id, $pages ) {
// Build a hash of ID -> children.
$children = array();
foreach ( (array) $pages as $page ) {
$children[ (int) $page->post_parent ][] = $page;
}
$page_list = array();
// Start the search by looking at immediate children.
if ( isset( $children[ $page_id ] ) ) {
// Always start at the end of the stack in order to preserve original `$pages` order.
$to_look = array_reverse( $children[ $page_id ] );
while ( $to_look ) {
$p = array_pop( $to_look );
$page_list[] = $p;
if ( isset( $children[ $p->ID ] ) ) {
foreach ( array_reverse( $children[ $p->ID ] ) as $child ) {
// Append to the `$to_look` stack to descend the tree.
$to_look[] = $child;
}
}
}
}
return $page_list;
}
/**
* Orders the pages with children under parents in a flat list.
*
* It uses auxiliary structure to hold parent-children relationships and
* runs in O(N) complexity
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param WP_Post[] $pages Posts array (passed by reference).
* @param int $page_id Optional. Parent page ID. Default 0.
* @return string[] Array of post names keyed by ID and arranged by hierarchy. Children immediately follow their parents.
*/
function get_page_hierarchy( &$pages, $page_id = 0 ) {
if ( empty( $pages ) ) {
return array();
}
$children = array();
foreach ( (array) $pages as $p ) {
$parent_id = (int) $p->post_parent;
$children[ $parent_id ][] = $p;
}
$result = array();
_page_traverse_name( $page_id, $children, $result );
return $result;
}
/**
* Traverses and return all the nested children post names of a root page.
*
* $children contains parent-children relations
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @access private
*
* @see _page_traverse_name()
*
* @param int $page_id Page ID.
* @param array $children Parent-children relations (passed by reference).
* @param string[] $result Array of page names keyed by ID (passed by reference).
*/
function _page_traverse_name( $page_id, &$children, &$result ) {
if ( isset( $children[ $page_id ] ) ) {
foreach ( (array) $children[ $page_id ] as $child ) {
$result[ $child->ID ] = $child->post_name;
_page_traverse_name( $child->ID, $children, $result );
}
}
}
/**
* Builds the URI path for a page.
*
* Sub pages will be in the "directory" under the parent page post name.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.6.0 The `$page` parameter was made optional.
*
* @param WP_Post|object|int $page Optional. Page ID or WP_Post object. Default is global $post.
* @return string|false Page URI, false on error.
*/
function get_page_uri( $page = 0 ) {
if ( ! $page instanceof WP_Post ) {
$page = get_post( $page );
}
if ( ! $page ) {
return false;
}
$uri = $page->post_name;
foreach ( $page->ancestors as $parent ) {
$parent = get_post( $parent );
if ( $parent && $parent->post_name ) {
$uri = $parent->post_name . '/' . $uri;
}
}
/**
* Filters the URI for a page.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string $uri Page URI.
* @param WP_Post $page Page object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_page_uri', $uri, $page );
}
/**
* Retrieves an array of pages (or hierarchical post type items).
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 6.3.0 Use WP_Query internally.
*
* @param array|string $args {
* Optional. Array or string of arguments to retrieve pages.
*
* @type int $child_of Page ID to return child and grandchild pages of. Note: The value
* of `$hierarchical` has no bearing on whether `$child_of` returns
* hierarchical results. Default 0, or no restriction.
* @type string $sort_order How to sort retrieved pages. Accepts 'ASC', 'DESC'. Default 'ASC'.
* @type string $sort_column What columns to sort pages by, comma-separated. Accepts 'post_author',
* 'post_date', 'post_title', 'post_name', 'post_modified', 'menu_order',
* 'post_modified_gmt', 'post_parent', 'ID', 'rand', 'comment_count'.
* 'post_' can be omitted for any values that start with it.
* Default 'post_title'.
* @type bool $hierarchical Whether to return pages hierarchically. If false in conjunction with
* `$child_of` also being false, both arguments will be disregarded.
* Default true.
* @type int[] $exclude Array of page IDs to exclude. Default empty array.
* @type int[] $include Array of page IDs to include. Cannot be used with `$child_of`,
* `$parent`, `$exclude`, `$meta_key`, `$meta_value`, or `$hierarchical`.
* Default empty array.
* @type string $meta_key Only include pages with this meta key. Default empty.
* @type string $meta_value Only include pages with this meta value. Requires `$meta_key`.
* Default empty.
* @type string $authors A comma-separated list of author IDs. Default empty.
* @type int $parent Page ID to return direct children of. Default -1, or no restriction.
* @type string|int[] $exclude_tree Comma-separated string or array of page IDs to exclude.
* Default empty array.
* @type int $number The number of pages to return. Default 0, or all pages.
* @type int $offset The number of pages to skip before returning. Requires `$number`.
* Default 0.
* @type string $post_type The post type to query. Default 'page'.
* @type string|array $post_status A comma-separated list or array of post statuses to include.
* Default 'publish'.
* }
* @return WP_Post[]|false Array of pages (or hierarchical post type items). Boolean false if the
* specified post type is not hierarchical or the specified status is not
* supported by the post type.
*/
function get_pages( $args = array() ) {
$defaults = array(
'child_of' => 0,
'sort_order' => 'ASC',
'sort_column' => 'post_title',
'hierarchical' => 1,
'exclude' => array(),
'include' => array(),
'meta_key' => '',
'meta_value' => '',
'authors' => '',
'parent' => -1,
'exclude_tree' => array(),
'number' => '',
'offset' => 0,
'post_type' => 'page',
'post_status' => 'publish',
);
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$number = (int) $parsed_args['number'];
$offset = (int) $parsed_args['offset'];
$child_of = (int) $parsed_args['child_of'];
$hierarchical = $parsed_args['hierarchical'];
$exclude = $parsed_args['exclude'];
$meta_key = $parsed_args['meta_key'];
$meta_value = $parsed_args['meta_value'];
$parent = $parsed_args['parent'];
$post_status = $parsed_args['post_status'];
// Make sure the post type is hierarchical.
$hierarchical_post_types = get_post_types( array( 'hierarchical' => true ) );
if ( ! in_array( $parsed_args['post_type'], $hierarchical_post_types, true ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( $parent > 0 && ! $child_of ) {
$hierarchical = false;
}
// Make sure we have a valid post status.
if ( ! is_array( $post_status ) ) {
$post_status = explode( ',', $post_status );
}
if ( array_diff( $post_status, get_post_stati() ) ) {
return false;
}
$query_args = array(
'orderby' => 'post_title',
'order' => 'ASC',
'post__not_in' => wp_parse_id_list( $exclude ),
'meta_key' => $meta_key,
'meta_value' => $meta_value,
'posts_per_page' => -1,
'offset' => $offset,
'post_type' => $parsed_args['post_type'],
'post_status' => $post_status,
'update_post_term_cache' => false,
'update_post_meta_cache' => false,
'ignore_sticky_posts' => true,
'no_found_rows' => true,
);
if ( ! empty( $parsed_args['include'] ) ) {
$child_of = 0; // Ignore child_of, parent, exclude, meta_key, and meta_value params if using include.
$parent = -1;
unset( $query_args['post__not_in'], $query_args['meta_key'], $query_args['meta_value'] );
$hierarchical = false;
$query_args['post__in'] = wp_parse_id_list( $parsed_args['include'] );
}
if ( ! empty( $parsed_args['authors'] ) ) {
$post_authors = wp_parse_list( $parsed_args['authors'] );
if ( ! empty( $post_authors ) ) {
$query_args['author__in'] = array();
foreach ( $post_authors as $post_author ) {
// Do we have an author id or an author login?
if ( 0 == (int) $post_author ) {
$post_author = get_user_by( 'login', $post_author );
if ( empty( $post_author ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( empty( $post_author->ID ) ) {
continue;
}
$post_author = $post_author->ID;
}
$query_args['author__in'][] = (int) $post_author;
}
}
}
if ( is_array( $parent ) ) {
$post_parent__in = array_map( 'absint', (array) $parent );
if ( ! empty( $post_parent__in ) ) {
$query_args['post_parent__in'] = $post_parent__in;
}
} elseif ( $parent >= 0 ) {
$query_args['post_parent'] = $parent;
}
/*
* Maintain backward compatibility for `sort_column` key.
* Additionally to `WP_Query`, it has been supporting the `post_modified_gmt` field, so this logic will translate
* it to `post_modified` which should result in the same order given the two dates in the fields match.
*/
$orderby = wp_parse_list( $parsed_args['sort_column'] );
$orderby = array_map(
static function ( $orderby_field ) {
$orderby_field = trim( $orderby_field );
if ( 'post_modified_gmt' === $orderby_field || 'modified_gmt' === $orderby_field ) {
$orderby_field = str_replace( '_gmt', '', $orderby_field );
}
return $orderby_field;
},
$orderby
);
if ( $orderby ) {
$query_args['orderby'] = array_fill_keys( $orderby, $parsed_args['sort_order'] );
}
$order = $parsed_args['sort_order'];
if ( $order ) {
$query_args['order'] = $order;
}
if ( ! empty( $number ) ) {
$query_args['posts_per_page'] = $number;
}
/**
* Filters query arguments passed to WP_Query in get_pages.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param array $query_args Array of arguments passed to WP_Query.
* @param array $parsed_args Array of get_pages() arguments.
*/
$query_args = apply_filters( 'get_pages_query_args', $query_args, $parsed_args );
$pages = new WP_Query();
$pages = $pages->query( $query_args );
if ( $child_of || $hierarchical ) {
$pages = get_page_children( $child_of, $pages );
}
if ( ! empty( $parsed_args['exclude_tree'] ) ) {
$exclude = wp_parse_id_list( $parsed_args['exclude_tree'] );
foreach ( $exclude as $id ) {
$children = get_page_children( $id, $pages );
foreach ( $children as $child ) {
$exclude[] = $child->ID;
}
}
$num_pages = count( $pages );
for ( $i = 0; $i < $num_pages; $i++ ) {
if ( in_array( $pages[ $i ]->ID, $exclude, true ) ) {
unset( $pages[ $i ] );
}
}
}
/**
* Filters the retrieved list of pages.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param WP_Post[] $pages Array of page objects.
* @param array $parsed_args Array of get_pages() arguments.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_pages', $pages, $parsed_args );
}
//
// Attachment functions.
//
/**
* Determines whether an attachment URI is local and really an attachment.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string $url URL to check
* @return bool True on success, false on failure.
*/
function is_local_attachment( $url ) {
if ( ! str_contains( $url, home_url() ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( str_contains( $url, home_url( '/?attachment_id=' ) ) ) {
return true;
}
$id = url_to_postid( $url );
if ( $id ) {
$post = get_post( $id );
if ( 'attachment' === $post->post_type ) {
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Inserts an attachment.
*
* If you set the 'ID' in the $args parameter, it will mean that you are
* updating and attempt to update the attachment. You can also set the
* attachment name or title by setting the key 'post_name' or 'post_title'.
*
* You can set the dates for the attachment manually by setting the 'post_date'
* and 'post_date_gmt' keys' values.
*
* By default, the comments will use the default settings for whether the
* comments are allowed. You can close them manually or keep them open by
* setting the value for the 'comment_status' key.
*
* @since 2.0.0
* @since 4.7.0 Added the `$wp_error` parameter to allow a WP_Error to be returned on failure.
* @since 5.6.0 Added the `$fire_after_hooks` parameter.
*
* @see wp_insert_post()
*
* @param string|array $args Arguments for inserting an attachment.
* @param string|false $file Optional. Filename. Default false.
* @param int $parent_post_id Optional. Parent post ID or 0 for no parent. Default 0.
* @param bool $wp_error Optional. Whether to return a WP_Error on failure. Default false.
* @param bool $fire_after_hooks Optional. Whether to fire the after insert hooks. Default true.
* @return int|WP_Error The attachment ID on success. The value 0 or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_insert_attachment( $args, $file = false, $parent_post_id = 0, $wp_error = false, $fire_after_hooks = true ) {
$defaults = array(
'file' => $file,
'post_parent' => 0,
);
$data = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
if ( ! empty( $parent_post_id ) ) {
$data['post_parent'] = $parent_post_id;
}
$data['post_type'] = 'attachment';
return wp_insert_post( $data, $wp_error, $fire_after_hooks );
}
/**
* Trashes or deletes an attachment.
*
* When an attachment is permanently deleted, the file will also be removed.
* Deletion removes all post meta fields, taxonomy, comments, etc. associated
* with the attachment (except the main post).
*
* The attachment is moved to the Trash instead of permanently deleted unless Trash
* for media is disabled, item is already in the Trash, or $force_delete is true.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $post_id Attachment ID.
* @param bool $force_delete Optional. Whether to bypass Trash and force deletion.
* Default false.
* @return WP_Post|false|null Post data on success, false or null on failure.
*/
function wp_delete_attachment( $post_id, $force_delete = false ) {
global $wpdb;
$post = $wpdb->get_row( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT * FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE ID = %d", $post_id ) );
if ( ! $post ) {
return $post;
}
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( 'attachment' !== $post->post_type ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! $force_delete && EMPTY_TRASH_DAYS && MEDIA_TRASH && 'trash' !== $post->post_status ) {
return wp_trash_post( $post_id );
}
/**
* Filters whether an attachment deletion should take place.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param WP_Post|false|null $delete Whether to go forward with deletion.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
* @param bool $force_delete Whether to bypass the Trash.
*/
$check = apply_filters( 'pre_delete_attachment', null, $post, $force_delete );
if ( null !== $check ) {
return $check;
}
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_status' );
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_trash_meta_time' );
$meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $post_id );
$backup_sizes = get_post_meta( $post->ID, '_wp_attachment_backup_sizes', true );
$file = get_attached_file( $post_id );
if ( is_multisite() && is_string( $file ) && ! empty( $file ) ) {
clean_dirsize_cache( $file );
}
/**
* Fires before an attachment is deleted, at the start of wp_delete_attachment().
*
* @since 2.0.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @param int $post_id Attachment ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( 'delete_attachment', $post_id, $post );
wp_delete_object_term_relationships( $post_id, array( 'category', 'post_tag' ) );
wp_delete_object_term_relationships( $post_id, get_object_taxonomies( $post->post_type ) );
// Delete all for any posts.
delete_metadata( 'post', null, '_thumbnail_id', $post_id, true );
wp_defer_comment_counting( true );
$comment_ids = $wpdb->get_col( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT comment_ID FROM $wpdb->comments WHERE comment_post_ID = %d ORDER BY comment_ID DESC", $post_id ) );
foreach ( $comment_ids as $comment_id ) {
wp_delete_comment( $comment_id, true );
}
wp_defer_comment_counting( false );
$post_meta_ids = $wpdb->get_col( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT meta_id FROM $wpdb->postmeta WHERE post_id = %d ", $post_id ) );
foreach ( $post_meta_ids as $mid ) {
delete_metadata_by_mid( 'post', $mid );
}
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/post.php */
do_action( 'delete_post', $post_id, $post );
$result = $wpdb->delete( $wpdb->posts, array( 'ID' => $post_id ) );
if ( ! $result ) {
return false;
}
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/post.php */
do_action( 'deleted_post', $post_id, $post );
wp_delete_attachment_files( $post_id, $meta, $backup_sizes, $file );
clean_post_cache( $post );
return $post;
}
/**
* Deletes all files that belong to the given attachment.
*
* @since 4.9.7
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $post_id Attachment ID.
* @param array $meta The attachment's meta data.
* @param array $backup_sizes The meta data for the attachment's backup images.
* @param string $file Absolute path to the attachment's file.
* @return bool True on success, false on failure.
*/
function wp_delete_attachment_files( $post_id, $meta, $backup_sizes, $file ) {
global $wpdb;
$uploadpath = wp_get_upload_dir();
$deleted = true;
if ( ! empty( $meta['thumb'] ) ) {
// Don't delete the thumb if another attachment uses it.
if ( ! $wpdb->get_row( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT meta_id FROM $wpdb->postmeta WHERE meta_key = '_wp_attachment_metadata' AND meta_value LIKE %s AND post_id <> %d", '%' . $wpdb->esc_like( $meta['thumb'] ) . '%', $post_id ) ) ) {
$thumbfile = str_replace( wp_basename( $file ), $meta['thumb'], $file );
if ( ! empty( $thumbfile ) ) {
$thumbfile = path_join( $uploadpath['basedir'], $thumbfile );
$thumbdir = path_join( $uploadpath['basedir'], dirname( $file ) );
if ( ! wp_delete_file_from_directory( $thumbfile, $thumbdir ) ) {
$deleted = false;
}
}
}
}
// Remove intermediate and backup images if there are any.
if ( isset( $meta['sizes'] ) && is_array( $meta['sizes'] ) ) {
$intermediate_dir = path_join( $uploadpath['basedir'], dirname( $file ) );
foreach ( $meta['sizes'] as $size => $sizeinfo ) {
$intermediate_file = str_replace( wp_basename( $file ), $sizeinfo['file'], $file );
if ( ! empty( $intermediate_file ) ) {
$intermediate_file = path_join( $uploadpath['basedir'], $intermediate_file );
if ( ! wp_delete_file_from_directory( $intermediate_file, $intermediate_dir ) ) {
$deleted = false;
}
}
}
}
if ( ! empty( $meta['original_image'] ) ) {
if ( empty( $intermediate_dir ) ) {
$intermediate_dir = path_join( $uploadpath['basedir'], dirname( $file ) );
}
$original_image = str_replace( wp_basename( $file ), $meta['original_image'], $file );
if ( ! empty( $original_image ) ) {
$original_image = path_join( $uploadpath['basedir'], $original_image );
if ( ! wp_delete_file_from_directory( $original_image, $intermediate_dir ) ) {
$deleted = false;
}
}
}
if ( is_array( $backup_sizes ) ) {
$del_dir = path_join( $uploadpath['basedir'], dirname( $meta['file'] ) );
foreach ( $backup_sizes as $size ) {
$del_file = path_join( dirname( $meta['file'] ), $size['file'] );
if ( ! empty( $del_file ) ) {
$del_file = path_join( $uploadpath['basedir'], $del_file );
if ( ! wp_delete_file_from_directory( $del_file, $del_dir ) ) {
$deleted = false;
}
}
}
}
if ( ! wp_delete_file_from_directory( $file, $uploadpath['basedir'] ) ) {
$deleted = false;
}
return $deleted;
}
/**
* Retrieves attachment metadata for attachment ID.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 6.0.0 The `$filesize` value was added to the returned array.
*
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment post ID. Defaults to global $post.
* @param bool $unfiltered Optional. If true, filters are not run. Default false.
* @return array|false {
* Attachment metadata. False on failure.
*
* @type int $width The width of the attachment.
* @type int $height The height of the attachment.
* @type string $file The file path relative to `wp-content/uploads`.
* @type array $sizes Keys are size slugs, each value is an array containing
* 'file', 'width', 'height', and 'mime-type'.
* @type array $image_meta Image metadata.
* @type int $filesize File size of the attachment.
* }
*/
function wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id = 0, $unfiltered = false ) {
$attachment_id = (int) $attachment_id;
if ( ! $attachment_id ) {
$post = get_post();
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$attachment_id = $post->ID;
}
$data = get_post_meta( $attachment_id, '_wp_attachment_metadata', true );
if ( ! $data ) {
return false;
}
if ( $unfiltered ) {
return $data;
}
/**
* Filters the attachment meta data.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param array $data Array of meta data for the given attachment.
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment post ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_get_attachment_metadata', $data, $attachment_id );
}
/**
* Updates metadata for an attachment.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment post ID.
* @param array $data Attachment meta data.
* @return int|false False if $post is invalid.
*/
function wp_update_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id, $data ) {
$attachment_id = (int) $attachment_id;
$post = get_post( $attachment_id );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
/**
* Filters the updated attachment meta data.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param array $data Array of updated attachment meta data.
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment post ID.
*/
$data = apply_filters( 'wp_update_attachment_metadata', $data, $post->ID );
if ( $data ) {
return update_post_meta( $post->ID, '_wp_attachment_metadata', $data );
} else {
return delete_post_meta( $post->ID, '_wp_attachment_metadata' );
}
}
/**
* Retrieves the URL for an attachment.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @global string $pagenow The filename of the current screen.
*
* @param int $attachment_id Optional. Attachment post ID. Defaults to global $post.
* @return string|false Attachment URL, otherwise false.
*/
function wp_get_attachment_url( $attachment_id = 0 ) {
global $pagenow;
$attachment_id = (int) $attachment_id;
$post = get_post( $attachment_id );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
if ( 'attachment' !== $post->post_type ) {
return false;
}
$url = '';
// Get attached file.
$file = get_post_meta( $post->ID, '_wp_attached_file', true );
if ( $file ) {
// Get upload directory.
$uploads = wp_get_upload_dir();
if ( $uploads && false === $uploads['error'] ) {
// Check that the upload base exists in the file location.
if ( str_starts_with( $file, $uploads['basedir'] ) ) {
// Replace file location with url location.
$url = str_replace( $uploads['basedir'], $uploads['baseurl'], $file );
} elseif ( str_contains( $file, 'wp-content/uploads' ) ) {
// Get the directory name relative to the basedir (back compat for pre-2.7 uploads).
$url = trailingslashit( $uploads['baseurl'] . '/' . _wp_get_attachment_relative_path( $file ) ) . wp_basename( $file );
} else {
// It's a newly-uploaded file, therefore $file is relative to the basedir.
$url = $uploads['baseurl'] . "/$file";
}
}
}
/*
* If any of the above options failed, Fallback on the GUID as used pre-2.7,
* not recommended to rely upon this.
*/
if ( ! $url ) {
$url = get_the_guid( $post->ID );
}
// On SSL front end, URLs should be HTTPS.
if ( is_ssl() && ! is_admin() && 'wp-login.php' !== $pagenow ) {
$url = set_url_scheme( $url );
}
/**
* Filters the attachment URL.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string $url URL for the given attachment.
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment post ID.
*/
$url = apply_filters( 'wp_get_attachment_url', $url, $post->ID );
if ( ! $url ) {
return false;
}
return $url;
}
/**
* Retrieves the caption for an attachment.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. Attachment ID. Default is the ID of the global `$post`.
* @return string|false Attachment caption on success, false on failure.
*/
function wp_get_attachment_caption( $post_id = 0 ) {
$post_id = (int) $post_id;
$post = get_post( $post_id );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
if ( 'attachment' !== $post->post_type ) {
return false;
}
$caption = $post->post_excerpt;
/**
* Filters the attachment caption.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @param string $caption Caption for the given attachment.
* @param int $post_id Attachment ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_get_attachment_caption', $caption, $post->ID );
}
/**
* Retrieves URL for an attachment thumbnail.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 6.1.0 Changed to use wp_get_attachment_image_url().
*
* @param int $post_id Optional. Attachment ID. Default is the ID of the global `$post`.
* @return string|false Thumbnail URL on success, false on failure.
*/
function wp_get_attachment_thumb_url( $post_id = 0 ) {
$post_id = (int) $post_id;
/*
* This uses image_downsize() which also looks for the (very) old format $image_meta['thumb']
* when the newer format $image_meta['sizes']['thumbnail'] doesn't exist.
*/
$thumbnail_url = wp_get_attachment_image_url( $post_id, 'thumbnail' );
if ( empty( $thumbnail_url ) ) {
return false;
}
/**
* Filters the attachment thumbnail URL.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string $thumbnail_url URL for the attachment thumbnail.
* @param int $post_id Attachment ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_get_attachment_thumb_url', $thumbnail_url, $post_id );
}
/**
* Verifies an attachment is of a given type.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @param string $type Attachment type. Accepts `image`, `audio`, `video`, or a file extension.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Attachment ID or object. Default is global $post.
* @return bool True if an accepted type or a matching file extension, false otherwise.
*/
function wp_attachment_is( $type, $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$file = get_attached_file( $post->ID );
if ( ! $file ) {
return false;
}
if ( str_starts_with( $post->post_mime_type, $type . '/' ) ) {
return true;
}
$check = wp_check_filetype( $file );
if ( empty( $check['ext'] ) ) {
return false;
}
$ext = $check['ext'];
if ( 'import' !== $post->post_mime_type ) {
return $type === $ext;
}
switch ( $type ) {
case 'image':
$image_exts = array( 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'jpe', 'gif', 'png', 'webp', 'avif' );
return in_array( $ext, $image_exts, true );
case 'audio':
return in_array( $ext, wp_get_audio_extensions(), true );
case 'video':
return in_array( $ext, wp_get_video_extensions(), true );
default:
return $type === $ext;
}
}
/**
* Determines whether an attachment is an image.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 4.2.0 Modified into wrapper for wp_attachment_is() and
* allowed WP_Post object to be passed.
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Attachment ID or object. Default is global $post.
* @return bool Whether the attachment is an image.
*/
function wp_attachment_is_image( $post = null ) {
return wp_attachment_is( 'image', $post );
}
/**
* Retrieves the icon for a MIME type or attachment.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 6.5.0 Added the `$preferred_ext` parameter.
*
* @param string|int $mime MIME type or attachment ID.
* @param string $preferred_ext File format to prefer in return. Default '.png'.
* @return string|false Icon, false otherwise.
*/
function wp_mime_type_icon( $mime = 0, $preferred_ext = '.png' ) {
if ( ! is_numeric( $mime ) ) {
$icon = wp_cache_get( "mime_type_icon_$mime" );
}
// Check if preferred file format variable is present and is a validly formatted file extension.
if ( ! empty( $preferred_ext ) && is_string( $preferred_ext ) && ! str_starts_with( $preferred_ext, '.' ) ) {
$preferred_ext = '.' . strtolower( $preferred_ext );
}
$post_id = 0;
if ( empty( $icon ) ) {
$post_mimes = array();
if ( is_numeric( $mime ) ) {
$mime = (int) $mime;
$post = get_post( $mime );
if ( $post ) {
$post_id = (int) $post->ID;
$file = get_attached_file( $post_id );
$ext = preg_replace( '/^.+?\.([^.]+)$/', '$1', $file );
if ( ! empty( $ext ) ) {
$post_mimes[] = $ext;
$ext_type = wp_ext2type( $ext );
if ( $ext_type ) {
$post_mimes[] = $ext_type;
}
}
$mime = $post->post_mime_type;
} else {
$mime = 0;
}
} else {
$post_mimes[] = $mime;
}
$icon_files = wp_cache_get( 'icon_files' );
if ( ! is_array( $icon_files ) ) {
/**
* Filters the icon directory path.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string $path Icon directory absolute path.
*/
$icon_dir = apply_filters( 'icon_dir', ABSPATH . WPINC . '/images/media' );
/**
* Filters the icon directory URI.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string $uri Icon directory URI.
*/
$icon_dir_uri = apply_filters( 'icon_dir_uri', includes_url( 'images/media' ) );
/**
* Filters the array of icon directory URIs.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string[] $uris Array of icon directory URIs keyed by directory absolute path.
*/
$dirs = apply_filters( 'icon_dirs', array( $icon_dir => $icon_dir_uri ) );
$icon_files = array();
$all_icons = array();
while ( $dirs ) {
$keys = array_keys( $dirs );
$dir = array_shift( $keys );
$uri = array_shift( $dirs );
$dh = opendir( $dir );
if ( $dh ) {
while ( false !== $file = readdir( $dh ) ) {
$file = wp_basename( $file );
if ( str_starts_with( $file, '.' ) ) {
continue;
}
$ext = strtolower( substr( $file, -4 ) );
if ( ! in_array( $ext, array( '.svg', '.png', '.gif', '.jpg' ), true ) ) {
if ( is_dir( "$dir/$file" ) ) {
$dirs[ "$dir/$file" ] = "$uri/$file";
}
continue;
}
$all_icons[ "$dir/$file" ] = "$uri/$file";
if ( $ext === $preferred_ext ) {
$icon_files[ "$dir/$file" ] = "$uri/$file";
}
}
closedir( $dh );
}
}
// If directory only contained icons of a non-preferred format, return those.
if ( empty( $icon_files ) ) {
$icon_files = $all_icons;
}
wp_cache_add( 'icon_files', $icon_files, 'default', 600 );
}
$types = array();
// Icon wp_basename - extension = MIME wildcard.
foreach ( $icon_files as $file => $uri ) {
$types[ preg_replace( '/^([^.]*).*$/', '$1', wp_basename( $file ) ) ] =& $icon_files[ $file ];
}
if ( ! empty( $mime ) ) {
$post_mimes[] = substr( $mime, 0, strpos( $mime, '/' ) );
$post_mimes[] = substr( $mime, strpos( $mime, '/' ) + 1 );
$post_mimes[] = str_replace( '/', '_', $mime );
}
$matches = wp_match_mime_types( array_keys( $types ), $post_mimes );
$matches['default'] = array( 'default' );
foreach ( $matches as $match => $wilds ) {
foreach ( $wilds as $wild ) {
if ( ! isset( $types[ $wild ] ) ) {
continue;
}
$icon = $types[ $wild ];
if ( ! is_numeric( $mime ) ) {
wp_cache_add( "mime_type_icon_$mime", $icon );
}
break 2;
}
}
}
/**
* Filters the mime type icon.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string $icon Path to the mime type icon.
* @param string $mime Mime type.
* @param int $post_id Attachment ID. Will equal 0 if the function passed
* the mime type.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_mime_type_icon', $icon, $mime, $post_id );
}
/**
* Checks for changed slugs for published post objects and save the old slug.
*
* The function is used when a post object of any type is updated,
* by comparing the current and previous post objects.
*
* If the slug was changed and not already part of the old slugs then it will be
* added to the post meta field ('_wp_old_slug') for storing old slugs for that
* post.
*
* The most logically usage of this function is redirecting changed post objects, so
* that those that linked to an changed post will be redirected to the new post.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post The post object.
* @param WP_Post $post_before The previous post object.
*/
function wp_check_for_changed_slugs( $post_id, $post, $post_before ) {
// Don't bother if it hasn't changed.
if ( $post->post_name == $post_before->post_name ) {
return;
}
// We're only concerned with published, non-hierarchical objects.
if ( ! ( 'publish' === $post->post_status || ( 'attachment' === get_post_type( $post ) && 'inherit' === $post->post_status ) ) || is_post_type_hierarchical( $post->post_type ) ) {
return;
}
$old_slugs = (array) get_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_old_slug' );
// If we haven't added this old slug before, add it now.
if ( ! empty( $post_before->post_name ) && ! in_array( $post_before->post_name, $old_slugs, true ) ) {
add_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_old_slug', $post_before->post_name );
}
// If the new slug was used previously, delete it from the list.
if ( in_array( $post->post_name, $old_slugs, true ) ) {
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_old_slug', $post->post_name );
}
}
/**
* Checks for changed dates for published post objects and save the old date.
*
* The function is used when a post object of any type is updated,
* by comparing the current and previous post objects.
*
* If the date was changed and not already part of the old dates then it will be
* added to the post meta field ('_wp_old_date') for storing old dates for that
* post.
*
* The most logically usage of this function is redirecting changed post objects, so
* that those that linked to an changed post will be redirected to the new post.
*
* @since 4.9.3
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post The post object.
* @param WP_Post $post_before The previous post object.
*/
function wp_check_for_changed_dates( $post_id, $post, $post_before ) {
$previous_date = gmdate( 'Y-m-d', strtotime( $post_before->post_date ) );
$new_date = gmdate( 'Y-m-d', strtotime( $post->post_date ) );
// Don't bother if it hasn't changed.
if ( $new_date == $previous_date ) {
return;
}
// We're only concerned with published, non-hierarchical objects.
if ( ! ( 'publish' === $post->post_status || ( 'attachment' === get_post_type( $post ) && 'inherit' === $post->post_status ) ) || is_post_type_hierarchical( $post->post_type ) ) {
return;
}
$old_dates = (array) get_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_old_date' );
// If we haven't added this old date before, add it now.
if ( ! empty( $previous_date ) && ! in_array( $previous_date, $old_dates, true ) ) {
add_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_old_date', $previous_date );
}
// If the new slug was used previously, delete it from the list.
if ( in_array( $new_date, $old_dates, true ) ) {
delete_post_meta( $post_id, '_wp_old_date', $new_date );
}
}
/**
* Retrieves the private post SQL based on capability.
*
* This function provides a standardized way to appropriately select on the
* post_status of a post type. The function will return a piece of SQL code
* that can be added to a WHERE clause; this SQL is constructed to allow all
* published posts, and all private posts to which the user has access.
*
* @since 2.2.0
* @since 4.3.0 Added the ability to pass an array to `$post_type`.
*
* @param string|array $post_type Single post type or an array of post types. Currently only supports 'post' or 'page'.
* @return string SQL code that can be added to a where clause.
*/
function get_private_posts_cap_sql( $post_type ) {
return get_posts_by_author_sql( $post_type, false );
}
/**
* Retrieves the post SQL based on capability, author, and type.
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 4.3.0 Introduced the ability to pass an array of post types to `$post_type`.
*
* @see get_private_posts_cap_sql()
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string|string[] $post_type Single post type or an array of post types.
* @param bool $full Optional. Returns a full WHERE statement instead of just
* an 'andalso' term. Default true.
* @param int $post_author Optional. Query posts having a single author ID. Default null.
* @param bool $public_only Optional. Only return public posts. Skips cap checks for
* $current_user. Default false.
* @return string SQL WHERE code that can be added to a query.
*/
function get_posts_by_author_sql( $post_type, $full = true, $post_author = null, $public_only = false ) {
global $wpdb;
if ( is_array( $post_type ) ) {
$post_types = $post_type;
} else {
$post_types = array( $post_type );
}
$post_type_clauses = array();
foreach ( $post_types as $post_type ) {
$post_type_obj = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
if ( ! $post_type_obj ) {
continue;
}
/**
* Filters the capability to read private posts for a custom post type
* when generating SQL for getting posts by author.
*
* @since 2.2.0
* @deprecated 3.2.0 The hook transitioned from "somewhat useless" to "totally useless".
*
* @param string $cap Capability.
*/
$cap = apply_filters_deprecated( 'pub_priv_sql_capability', array( '' ), '3.2.0' );
if ( ! $cap ) {
$cap = current_user_can( $post_type_obj->cap->read_private_posts );
}
// Only need to check the cap if $public_only is false.
$post_status_sql = "post_status = 'publish'";
if ( false === $public_only ) {
if ( $cap ) {
// Does the user have the capability to view private posts? Guess so.
$post_status_sql .= " OR post_status = 'private'";
} elseif ( is_user_logged_in() ) {
// Users can view their own private posts.
$id = get_current_user_id();
if ( null === $post_author || ! $full ) {
$post_status_sql .= " OR post_status = 'private' AND post_author = $id";
} elseif ( $id == (int) $post_author ) {
$post_status_sql .= " OR post_status = 'private'";
} // Else none.
} // Else none.
}
$post_type_clauses[] = "( post_type = '" . $post_type . "' AND ( $post_status_sql ) )";
}
if ( empty( $post_type_clauses ) ) {
return $full ? 'WHERE 1 = 0' : '1 = 0';
}
$sql = '( ' . implode( ' OR ', $post_type_clauses ) . ' )';
if ( null !== $post_author ) {
$sql .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND post_author = %d', $post_author );
}
if ( $full ) {
$sql = 'WHERE ' . $sql;
}
return $sql;
}
/**
* Retrieves the most recent time that a post on the site was published.
*
* The server timezone is the default and is the difference between GMT and
* server time. The 'blog' value is the date when the last post was posted.
* The 'gmt' is when the last post was posted in GMT formatted date.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.4.0 The `$post_type` argument was added.
*
* @param string $timezone Optional. The timezone for the timestamp. Accepts 'server', 'blog', or 'gmt'.
* 'server' uses the server's internal timezone.
* 'blog' uses the `post_date` field, which proxies to the timezone set for the site.
* 'gmt' uses the `post_date_gmt` field.
* Default 'server'.
* @param string $post_type Optional. The post type to check. Default 'any'.
* @return string The date of the last post, or false on failure.
*/
function get_lastpostdate( $timezone = 'server', $post_type = 'any' ) {
$lastpostdate = _get_last_post_time( $timezone, 'date', $post_type );
/**
* Filters the most recent time that a post on the site was published.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added the `$post_type` parameter.
*
* @param string|false $lastpostdate The most recent time that a post was published,
* in 'Y-m-d H:i:s' format. False on failure.
* @param string $timezone Location to use for getting the post published date.
* See get_lastpostdate() for accepted `$timezone` values.
* @param string $post_type The post type to check.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_lastpostdate', $lastpostdate, $timezone, $post_type );
}
/**
* Gets the most recent time that a post on the site was modified.
*
* The server timezone is the default and is the difference between GMT and
* server time. The 'blog' value is just when the last post was modified.
* The 'gmt' is when the last post was modified in GMT time.
*
* @since 1.2.0
* @since 4.4.0 The `$post_type` argument was added.
*
* @param string $timezone Optional. The timezone for the timestamp. See get_lastpostdate()
* for information on accepted values.
* Default 'server'.
* @param string $post_type Optional. The post type to check. Default 'any'.
* @return string The timestamp in 'Y-m-d H:i:s' format, or false on failure.
*/
function get_lastpostmodified( $timezone = 'server', $post_type = 'any' ) {
/**
* Pre-filter the return value of get_lastpostmodified() before the query is run.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string|false $lastpostmodified The most recent time that a post was modified,
* in 'Y-m-d H:i:s' format, or false. Returning anything
* other than false will short-circuit the function.
* @param string $timezone Location to use for getting the post modified date.
* See get_lastpostdate() for accepted `$timezone` values.
* @param string $post_type The post type to check.
*/
$lastpostmodified = apply_filters( 'pre_get_lastpostmodified', false, $timezone, $post_type );
if ( false !== $lastpostmodified ) {
return $lastpostmodified;
}
$lastpostmodified = _get_last_post_time( $timezone, 'modified', $post_type );
$lastpostdate = get_lastpostdate( $timezone, $post_type );
if ( $lastpostdate > $lastpostmodified ) {
$lastpostmodified = $lastpostdate;
}
/**
* Filters the most recent time that a post on the site was modified.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added the `$post_type` parameter.
*
* @param string|false $lastpostmodified The most recent time that a post was modified,
* in 'Y-m-d H:i:s' format. False on failure.
* @param string $timezone Location to use for getting the post modified date.
* See get_lastpostdate() for accepted `$timezone` values.
* @param string $post_type The post type to check.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_lastpostmodified', $lastpostmodified, $timezone, $post_type );
}
/**
* Gets the timestamp of the last time any post was modified or published.
*
* @since 3.1.0
* @since 4.4.0 The `$post_type` argument was added.
* @access private
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string $timezone The timezone for the timestamp. See get_lastpostdate().
* for information on accepted values.
* @param string $field Post field to check. Accepts 'date' or 'modified'.
* @param string $post_type Optional. The post type to check. Default 'any'.
* @return string|false The timestamp in 'Y-m-d H:i:s' format, or false on failure.
*/
function _get_last_post_time( $timezone, $field, $post_type = 'any' ) {
global $wpdb;
if ( ! in_array( $field, array( 'date', 'modified' ), true ) ) {
return false;
}
$timezone = strtolower( $timezone );
$key = "lastpost{$field}:$timezone";
if ( 'any' !== $post_type ) {
$key .= ':' . sanitize_key( $post_type );
}
$date = wp_cache_get( $key, 'timeinfo' );
if ( false !== $date ) {
return $date;
}
if ( 'any' === $post_type ) {
$post_types = get_post_types( array( 'public' => true ) );
array_walk( $post_types, array( $wpdb, 'escape_by_ref' ) );
$post_types = "'" . implode( "', '", $post_types ) . "'";
} else {
$post_types = "'" . sanitize_key( $post_type ) . "'";
}
switch ( $timezone ) {
case 'gmt':
$date = $wpdb->get_var( "SELECT post_{$field}_gmt FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_status = 'publish' AND post_type IN ({$post_types}) ORDER BY post_{$field}_gmt DESC LIMIT 1" );
break;
case 'blog':
$date = $wpdb->get_var( "SELECT post_{$field} FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_status = 'publish' AND post_type IN ({$post_types}) ORDER BY post_{$field}_gmt DESC LIMIT 1" );
break;
case 'server':
$add_seconds_server = gmdate( 'Z' );
$date = $wpdb->get_var( "SELECT DATE_ADD(post_{$field}_gmt, INTERVAL '$add_seconds_server' SECOND) FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_status = 'publish' AND post_type IN ({$post_types}) ORDER BY post_{$field}_gmt DESC LIMIT 1" );
break;
}
if ( $date ) {
wp_cache_set( $key, $date, 'timeinfo' );
return $date;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Updates posts in cache.
*
* @since 1.5.1
*
* @param WP_Post[] $posts Array of post objects (passed by reference).
*/
function update_post_cache( &$posts ) {
if ( ! $posts ) {
return;
}
$data = array();
foreach ( $posts as $post ) {
if ( empty( $post->filter ) || 'raw' !== $post->filter ) {
$post = sanitize_post( $post, 'raw' );
}
$data[ $post->ID ] = $post;
}
wp_cache_add_multiple( $data, 'posts' );
}
/**
* Will clean the post in the cache.
*
* Cleaning means delete from the cache of the post. Will call to clean the term
* object cache associated with the post ID.
*
* This function not run if $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation is not empty. See
* wp_suspend_cache_invalidation().
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @global bool $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object to remove from the cache.
*/
function clean_post_cache( $post ) {
global $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation;
if ( ! empty( $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation ) ) {
return;
}
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return;
}
wp_cache_delete( $post->ID, 'posts' );
wp_cache_delete( 'post_parent:' . (string) $post->ID, 'posts' );
wp_cache_delete( $post->ID, 'post_meta' );
clean_object_term_cache( $post->ID, $post->post_type );
wp_cache_delete( 'wp_get_archives', 'general' );
/**
* Fires immediately after the given post's cache is cleaned.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
do_action( 'clean_post_cache', $post->ID, $post );
if ( 'page' === $post->post_type ) {
wp_cache_delete( 'all_page_ids', 'posts' );
/**
* Fires immediately after the given page's cache is cleaned.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
do_action( 'clean_page_cache', $post->ID );
}
wp_cache_set_posts_last_changed();
}
/**
* Updates post, term, and metadata caches for a list of post objects.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param WP_Post[] $posts Array of post objects (passed by reference).
* @param string $post_type Optional. Post type. Default 'post'.
* @param bool $update_term_cache Optional. Whether to update the term cache. Default true.
* @param bool $update_meta_cache Optional. Whether to update the meta cache. Default true.
*/
function update_post_caches( &$posts, $post_type = 'post', $update_term_cache = true, $update_meta_cache = true ) {
// No point in doing all this work if we didn't match any posts.
if ( ! $posts ) {
return;
}
update_post_cache( $posts );
$post_ids = array();
foreach ( $posts as $post ) {
$post_ids[] = $post->ID;
}
if ( ! $post_type ) {
$post_type = 'any';
}
if ( $update_term_cache ) {
if ( is_array( $post_type ) ) {
$ptypes = $post_type;
} elseif ( 'any' === $post_type ) {
$ptypes = array();
// Just use the post_types in the supplied posts.
foreach ( $posts as $post ) {
$ptypes[] = $post->post_type;
}
$ptypes = array_unique( $ptypes );
} else {
$ptypes = array( $post_type );
}
if ( ! empty( $ptypes ) ) {
update_object_term_cache( $post_ids, $ptypes );
}
}
if ( $update_meta_cache ) {
update_postmeta_cache( $post_ids );
}
}
/**
* Updates post author user caches for a list of post objects.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param WP_Post[] $posts Array of post objects.
*/
function update_post_author_caches( $posts ) {
/*
* cache_users() is a pluggable function so is not available prior
* to the `plugins_loaded` hook firing. This is to ensure against
* fatal errors when the function is not available.
*/
if ( ! function_exists( 'cache_users' ) ) {
return;
}
$author_ids = wp_list_pluck( $posts, 'post_author' );
$author_ids = array_map( 'absint', $author_ids );
$author_ids = array_unique( array_filter( $author_ids ) );
cache_users( $author_ids );
}
/**
* Updates parent post caches for a list of post objects.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param WP_Post[] $posts Array of post objects.
*/
function update_post_parent_caches( $posts ) {
$parent_ids = wp_list_pluck( $posts, 'post_parent' );
$parent_ids = array_map( 'absint', $parent_ids );
$parent_ids = array_unique( array_filter( $parent_ids ) );
if ( ! empty( $parent_ids ) ) {
_prime_post_caches( $parent_ids, false );
}
}
/**
* Updates metadata cache for a list of post IDs.
*
* Performs SQL query to retrieve the metadata for the post IDs and updates the
* metadata cache for the posts. Therefore, the functions, which call this
* function, do not need to perform SQL queries on their own.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param int[] $post_ids Array of post IDs.
* @return array|false An array of metadata on success, false if there is nothing to update.
*/
function update_postmeta_cache( $post_ids ) {
return update_meta_cache( 'post', $post_ids );
}
/**
* Will clean the attachment in the cache.
*
* Cleaning means delete from the cache. Optionally will clean the term
* object cache associated with the attachment ID.
*
* This function will not run if $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation is not empty.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global bool $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation
*
* @param int $id The attachment ID in the cache to clean.
* @param bool $clean_terms Optional. Whether to clean terms cache. Default false.
*/
function clean_attachment_cache( $id, $clean_terms = false ) {
global $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation;
if ( ! empty( $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation ) ) {
return;
}
$id = (int) $id;
wp_cache_delete( $id, 'posts' );
wp_cache_delete( $id, 'post_meta' );
if ( $clean_terms ) {
clean_object_term_cache( $id, 'attachment' );
}
/**
* Fires after the given attachment's cache is cleaned.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param int $id Attachment ID.
*/
do_action( 'clean_attachment_cache', $id );
}
//
// Hooks.
//
/**
* Hook for managing future post transitions to published.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @access private
*
* @see wp_clear_scheduled_hook()
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string $new_status New post status.
* @param string $old_status Previous post status.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
function _transition_post_status( $new_status, $old_status, $post ) {
global $wpdb;
if ( 'publish' !== $old_status && 'publish' === $new_status ) {
// Reset GUID if transitioning to publish and it is empty.
if ( '' === get_the_guid( $post->ID ) ) {
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, array( 'guid' => get_permalink( $post->ID ) ), array( 'ID' => $post->ID ) );
}
/**
* Fires when a post's status is transitioned from private to published.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @deprecated 2.3.0 Use {@see 'private_to_publish'} instead.
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
do_action_deprecated( 'private_to_published', array( $post->ID ), '2.3.0', 'private_to_publish' );
}
// If published posts changed clear the lastpostmodified cache.
if ( 'publish' === $new_status || 'publish' === $old_status ) {
foreach ( array( 'server', 'gmt', 'blog' ) as $timezone ) {
wp_cache_delete( "lastpostmodified:$timezone", 'timeinfo' );
wp_cache_delete( "lastpostdate:$timezone", 'timeinfo' );
wp_cache_delete( "lastpostdate:$timezone:{$post->post_type}", 'timeinfo' );
}
}
if ( $new_status !== $old_status ) {
wp_cache_delete( _count_posts_cache_key( $post->post_type ), 'counts' );
wp_cache_delete( _count_posts_cache_key( $post->post_type, 'readable' ), 'counts' );
}
// Always clears the hook in case the post status bounced from future to draft.
wp_clear_scheduled_hook( 'publish_future_post', array( $post->ID ) );
}
/**
* Hook used to schedule publication for a post marked for the future.
*
* The $post properties used and must exist are 'ID' and 'post_date_gmt'.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @access private
*
* @param int $deprecated Not used. Can be set to null. Never implemented. Not marked
* as deprecated with _deprecated_argument() as it conflicts with
* wp_transition_post_status() and the default filter for _future_post_hook().
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
function _future_post_hook( $deprecated, $post ) {
wp_clear_scheduled_hook( 'publish_future_post', array( $post->ID ) );
wp_schedule_single_event( strtotime( get_gmt_from_date( $post->post_date ) . ' GMT' ), 'publish_future_post', array( $post->ID ) );
}
/**
* Hook to schedule pings and enclosures when a post is published.
*
* Uses XMLRPC_REQUEST and WP_IMPORTING constants.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @access private
*
* @param int $post_id The ID of the post being published.
*/
function _publish_post_hook( $post_id ) {
if ( defined( 'XMLRPC_REQUEST' ) ) {
/**
* Fires when _publish_post_hook() is called during an XML-RPC request.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
do_action( 'xmlrpc_publish_post', $post_id );
}
if ( defined( 'WP_IMPORTING' ) ) {
return;
}
if ( get_option( 'default_pingback_flag' ) ) {
add_post_meta( $post_id, '_pingme', '1', true );
}
add_post_meta( $post_id, '_encloseme', '1', true );
$to_ping = get_to_ping( $post_id );
if ( ! empty( $to_ping ) ) {
add_post_meta( $post_id, '_trackbackme', '1' );
}
if ( ! wp_next_scheduled( 'do_pings' ) ) {
wp_schedule_single_event( time(), 'do_pings' );
}
}
/**
* Returns the ID of the post's parent.
*
* @since 3.1.0
* @since 5.9.0 The `$post` parameter was made optional.
*
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Defaults to global $post.
* @return int|false Post parent ID (which can be 0 if there is no parent),
* or false if the post does not exist.
*/
function wp_get_post_parent_id( $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post || is_wp_error( $post ) ) {
return false;
}
return (int) $post->post_parent;
}
/**
* Checks the given subset of the post hierarchy for hierarchy loops.
*
* Prevents loops from forming and breaks those that it finds. Attached
* to the {@see 'wp_insert_post_parent'} filter.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @see wp_find_hierarchy_loop()
*
* @param int $post_parent ID of the parent for the post we're checking.
* @param int $post_id ID of the post we're checking.
* @return int The new post_parent for the post, 0 otherwise.
*/
function wp_check_post_hierarchy_for_loops( $post_parent, $post_id ) {
// Nothing fancy here - bail.
if ( ! $post_parent ) {
return 0;
}
// New post can't cause a loop.
if ( ! $post_id ) {
return $post_parent;
}
// Can't be its own parent.
if ( $post_parent == $post_id ) {
return 0;
}
// Now look for larger loops.
$loop = wp_find_hierarchy_loop( 'wp_get_post_parent_id', $post_id, $post_parent );
if ( ! $loop ) {
return $post_parent; // No loop.
}
// Setting $post_parent to the given value causes a loop.
if ( isset( $loop[ $post_id ] ) ) {
return 0;
}
// There's a loop, but it doesn't contain $post_id. Break the loop.
foreach ( array_keys( $loop ) as $loop_member ) {
wp_update_post(
array(
'ID' => $loop_member,
'post_parent' => 0,
)
);
}
return $post_parent;
}
/**
* Sets the post thumbnail (featured image) for the given post.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object where thumbnail should be attached.
* @param int $thumbnail_id Thumbnail to attach.
* @return int|bool True on success, false on failure.
*/
function set_post_thumbnail( $post, $thumbnail_id ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
$thumbnail_id = absint( $thumbnail_id );
if ( $post && $thumbnail_id && get_post( $thumbnail_id ) ) {
if ( wp_get_attachment_image( $thumbnail_id, 'thumbnail' ) ) {
return update_post_meta( $post->ID, '_thumbnail_id', $thumbnail_id );
} else {
return delete_post_meta( $post->ID, '_thumbnail_id' );
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Removes the thumbnail (featured image) from the given post.
*
* @since 3.3.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object from which the thumbnail should be removed.
* @return bool True on success, false on failure.
*/
function delete_post_thumbnail( $post ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( $post ) {
return delete_post_meta( $post->ID, '_thumbnail_id' );
}
return false;
}
/**
* Deletes auto-drafts for new posts that are > 7 days old.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*/
function wp_delete_auto_drafts() {
global $wpdb;
// Cleanup old auto-drafts more than 7 days old.
$old_posts = $wpdb->get_col( "SELECT ID FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_status = 'auto-draft' AND DATE_SUB( NOW(), INTERVAL 7 DAY ) > post_date" );
foreach ( (array) $old_posts as $delete ) {
// Force delete.
wp_delete_post( $delete, true );
}
}
/**
* Queues posts for lazy-loading of term meta.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @param WP_Post[] $posts Array of WP_Post objects.
*/
function wp_queue_posts_for_term_meta_lazyload( $posts ) {
$post_type_taxonomies = array();
$prime_post_terms = array();
foreach ( $posts as $post ) {
if ( ! ( $post instanceof WP_Post ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( ! isset( $post_type_taxonomies[ $post->post_type ] ) ) {
$post_type_taxonomies[ $post->post_type ] = get_object_taxonomies( $post->post_type );
}
foreach ( $post_type_taxonomies[ $post->post_type ] as $taxonomy ) {
$prime_post_terms[ $taxonomy ][] = $post->ID;
}
}
$term_ids = array();
if ( $prime_post_terms ) {
foreach ( $prime_post_terms as $taxonomy => $post_ids ) {
$cached_term_ids = wp_cache_get_multiple( $post_ids, "{$taxonomy}_relationships" );
if ( is_array( $cached_term_ids ) ) {
$cached_term_ids = array_filter( $cached_term_ids );
foreach ( $cached_term_ids as $_term_ids ) {
// Backward compatibility for if a plugin is putting objects into the cache, rather than IDs.
foreach ( $_term_ids as $term_id ) {
if ( is_numeric( $term_id ) ) {
$term_ids[] = (int) $term_id;
} elseif ( isset( $term_id->term_id ) ) {
$term_ids[] = (int) $term_id->term_id;
}
}
}
}
}
$term_ids = array_unique( $term_ids );
}
wp_lazyload_term_meta( $term_ids );
}
/**
* Updates the custom taxonomies' term counts when a post's status is changed.
*
* For example, default posts term counts (for custom taxonomies) don't include
* private / draft posts.
*
* @since 3.3.0
* @access private
*
* @param string $new_status New post status.
* @param string $old_status Old post status.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
function _update_term_count_on_transition_post_status( $new_status, $old_status, $post ) {
// Update counts for the post's terms.
foreach ( (array) get_object_taxonomies( $post->post_type ) as $taxonomy ) {
$tt_ids = wp_get_object_terms( $post->ID, $taxonomy, array( 'fields' => 'tt_ids' ) );
wp_update_term_count( $tt_ids, $taxonomy );
}
}
/**
* Adds any posts from the given IDs to the cache that do not already exist in cache.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @since 6.1.0 This function is no longer marked as "private".
*
* @see update_post_cache()
* @see update_postmeta_cache()
* @see update_object_term_cache()
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int[] $ids ID list.
* @param bool $update_term_cache Optional. Whether to update the term cache. Default true.
* @param bool $update_meta_cache Optional. Whether to update the meta cache. Default true.
*/
function _prime_post_caches( $ids, $update_term_cache = true, $update_meta_cache = true ) {
global $wpdb;
$non_cached_ids = _get_non_cached_ids( $ids, 'posts' );
if ( ! empty( $non_cached_ids ) ) {
$fresh_posts = $wpdb->get_results( sprintf( "SELECT $wpdb->posts.* FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE ID IN (%s)", implode( ',', $non_cached_ids ) ) );
if ( $fresh_posts ) {
// Despite the name, update_post_cache() expects an array rather than a single post.
update_post_cache( $fresh_posts );
}
}
if ( $update_meta_cache ) {
update_postmeta_cache( $ids );
}
if ( $update_term_cache ) {
$post_types = array_map( 'get_post_type', $ids );
$post_types = array_unique( $post_types );
update_object_term_cache( $ids, $post_types );
}
}
/**
* Prime the cache containing the parent ID of various post objects.
*
* @since 6.4.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int[] $ids ID list.
*/
function _prime_post_parent_id_caches( array $ids ) {
global $wpdb;
$ids = array_filter( $ids, '_validate_cache_id' );
$ids = array_unique( array_map( 'intval', $ids ), SORT_NUMERIC );
if ( empty( $ids ) ) {
return;
}
$cache_keys = array();
foreach ( $ids as $id ) {
$cache_keys[ $id ] = 'post_parent:' . (string) $id;
}
$cached_data = wp_cache_get_multiple( array_values( $cache_keys ), 'posts' );
$non_cached_ids = array();
foreach ( $cache_keys as $id => $cache_key ) {
if ( false === $cached_data[ $cache_key ] ) {
$non_cached_ids[] = $id;
}
}
if ( ! empty( $non_cached_ids ) ) {
$fresh_posts = $wpdb->get_results( sprintf( "SELECT $wpdb->posts.ID, $wpdb->posts.post_parent FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE ID IN (%s)", implode( ',', $non_cached_ids ) ) );
if ( $fresh_posts ) {
$post_parent_data = array();
foreach ( $fresh_posts as $fresh_post ) {
$post_parent_data[ 'post_parent:' . (string) $fresh_post->ID ] = (int) $fresh_post->post_parent;
}
wp_cache_add_multiple( $post_parent_data, 'posts' );
}
}
}
/**
* Adds a suffix if any trashed posts have a given slug.
*
* Store its desired (i.e. current) slug so it can try to reclaim it
* if the post is untrashed.
*
* For internal use.
*
* @since 4.5.0
* @access private
*
* @param string $post_name Post slug.
* @param int $post_id Optional. Post ID that should be ignored. Default 0.
*/
function wp_add_trashed_suffix_to_post_name_for_trashed_posts( $post_name, $post_id = 0 ) {
$trashed_posts_with_desired_slug = get_posts(
array(
'name' => $post_name,
'post_status' => 'trash',
'post_type' => 'any',
'nopaging' => true,
'post__not_in' => array( $post_id ),
)
);
if ( ! empty( $trashed_posts_with_desired_slug ) ) {
foreach ( $trashed_posts_with_desired_slug as $_post ) {
wp_add_trashed_suffix_to_post_name_for_post( $_post );
}
}
}
/**
* Adds a trashed suffix for a given post.
*
* Store its desired (i.e. current) slug so it can try to reclaim it
* if the post is untrashed.
*
* For internal use.
*
* @since 4.5.0
* @access private
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param WP_Post $post The post.
* @return string New slug for the post.
*/
function wp_add_trashed_suffix_to_post_name_for_post( $post ) {
global $wpdb;
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( str_ends_with( $post->post_name, '__trashed' ) ) {
return $post->post_name;
}
add_post_meta( $post->ID, '_wp_desired_post_slug', $post->post_name );
$post_name = _truncate_post_slug( $post->post_name, 191 ) . '__trashed';
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->posts, array( 'post_name' => $post_name ), array( 'ID' => $post->ID ) );
clean_post_cache( $post->ID );
return $post_name;
}
/**
* Sets the last changed time for the 'posts' cache group.
*
* @since 5.0.0
*/
function wp_cache_set_posts_last_changed() {
wp_cache_set_last_changed( 'posts' );
}
/**
* Gets all available post MIME types for a given post type.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string $type
* @return string[] An array of MIME types.
*/
function get_available_post_mime_types( $type = 'attachment' ) {
global $wpdb;
/**
* Filters the list of available post MIME types for the given post type.
*
* @since 6.4.0
*
* @param string[]|null $mime_types An array of MIME types. Default null.
* @param string $type The post type name. Usually 'attachment' but can be any post type.
*/
$mime_types = apply_filters( 'pre_get_available_post_mime_types', null, $type );
if ( ! is_array( $mime_types ) ) {
$mime_types = $wpdb->get_col( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT DISTINCT post_mime_type FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_type = %s AND post_mime_type != ''", $type ) );
}
// Remove nulls from returned $mime_types.
return array_values( array_filter( $mime_types ) );
}
/**
* Retrieves the path to an uploaded image file.
*
* Similar to `get_attached_file()` however some images may have been processed after uploading
* to make them suitable for web use. In this case the attached "full" size file is usually replaced
* with a scaled down version of the original image. This function always returns the path
* to the originally uploaded image file.
*
* @since 5.3.0
* @since 5.4.0 Added the `$unfiltered` parameter.
*
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment ID.
* @param bool $unfiltered Optional. Passed through to `get_attached_file()`. Default false.
* @return string|false Path to the original image file or false if the attachment is not an image.
*/
function wp_get_original_image_path( $attachment_id, $unfiltered = false ) {
if ( ! wp_attachment_is_image( $attachment_id ) ) {
return false;
}
$image_meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id );
$image_file = get_attached_file( $attachment_id, $unfiltered );
if ( empty( $image_meta['original_image'] ) ) {
$original_image = $image_file;
} else {
$original_image = path_join( dirname( $image_file ), $image_meta['original_image'] );
}
/**
* Filters the path to the original image.
*
* @since 5.3.0
*
* @param string $original_image Path to original image file.
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_get_original_image_path', $original_image, $attachment_id );
}
/**
* Retrieves the URL to an original attachment image.
*
* Similar to `wp_get_attachment_url()` however some images may have been
* processed after uploading. In this case this function returns the URL
* to the originally uploaded image file.
*
* @since 5.3.0
*
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment post ID.
* @return string|false Attachment image URL, false on error or if the attachment is not an image.
*/
function wp_get_original_image_url( $attachment_id ) {
if ( ! wp_attachment_is_image( $attachment_id ) ) {
return false;
}
$image_url = wp_get_attachment_url( $attachment_id );
if ( ! $image_url ) {
return false;
}
$image_meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id );
if ( empty( $image_meta['original_image'] ) ) {
$original_image_url = $image_url;
} else {
$original_image_url = path_join( dirname( $image_url ), $image_meta['original_image'] );
}
/**
* Filters the URL to the original attachment image.
*
* @since 5.3.0
*
* @param string $original_image_url URL to original image.
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_get_original_image_url', $original_image_url, $attachment_id );
}
/**
* Filters callback which sets the status of an untrashed post to its previous status.
*
* This can be used as a callback on the `wp_untrash_post_status` filter.
*
* @since 5.6.0
*
* @param string $new_status The new status of the post being restored.
* @param int $post_id The ID of the post being restored.
* @param string $previous_status The status of the post at the point where it was trashed.
* @return string The new status of the post.
*/
function wp_untrash_post_set_previous_status( $new_status, $post_id, $previous_status ) {
return $previous_status;
}
/**
* Returns whether the post can be edited in the block editor.
*
* @since 5.0.0
* @since 6.1.0 Moved to wp-includes from wp-admin.
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or WP_Post object.
* @return bool Whether the post can be edited in the block editor.
*/
function use_block_editor_for_post( $post ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
// We're in the meta box loader, so don't use the block editor.
if ( is_admin() && isset( $_GET['meta-box-loader'] ) ) {
check_admin_referer( 'meta-box-loader', 'meta-box-loader-nonce' );
return false;
}
$use_block_editor = use_block_editor_for_post_type( $post->post_type );
/**
* Filters whether a post is able to be edited in the block editor.
*
* @since 5.0.0
*
* @param bool $use_block_editor Whether the post can be edited or not.
* @param WP_Post $post The post being checked.
*/
return apply_filters( 'use_block_editor_for_post', $use_block_editor, $post );
}
/**
* Returns whether a post type is compatible with the block editor.
*
* The block editor depends on the REST API, and if the post type is not shown in the
* REST API, then it won't work with the block editor.
*
* @since 5.0.0
* @since 6.1.0 Moved to wp-includes from wp-admin.
*
* @param string $post_type The post type.
* @return bool Whether the post type can be edited with the block editor.
*/
function use_block_editor_for_post_type( $post_type ) {
if ( ! post_type_exists( $post_type ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! post_type_supports( $post_type, 'editor' ) ) {
return false;
}
$post_type_object = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
if ( $post_type_object && ! $post_type_object->show_in_rest ) {
return false;
}
/**
* Filters whether a post is able to be edited in the block editor.
*
* @since 5.0.0
*
* @param bool $use_block_editor Whether the post type can be edited or not. Default true.
* @param string $post_type The post type being checked.
*/
return apply_filters( 'use_block_editor_for_post_type', true, $post_type );
}
/**
* Registers any additional post meta fields.
*
* @since 6.3.0 Adds `wp_pattern_sync_status` meta field to the wp_block post type so an unsynced option can be added.
*
* @link https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/pull/51144
*/
function wp_create_initial_post_meta() {
register_post_meta(
'wp_block',
'wp_pattern_sync_status',
array(
'sanitize_callback' => 'sanitize_text_field',
'single' => true,
'type' => 'string',
'show_in_rest' => array(
'schema' => array(
'type' => 'string',
'enum' => array( 'partial', 'unsynced' ),
),
),
)
);
}